Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2014 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Air Vents ...... 8-7 Vehicle Features ...... 1-14 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Performance and Controls ...... 5-2 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-18 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information ...... 9-2 Indicators ...... 5-9 Starting and Operating ...... 9-14 Keys, Doors, and Information Displays ...... 5-25 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Windows ...... 2-1 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-30 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-23 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-39 Drive Systems ...... 9-31 Doors ...... 2-8 Brakes ...... 9-31 Vehicle Security...... 2-11 Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-33 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-12 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-35 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Interior Lighting ...... 6-5 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-38 Windows ...... 2-14 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Fuel ...... 9-42 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Trailer Towing...... 9-48 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-59 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Introduction ...... 7-1 Front Seats ...... 3-2 Radio ...... 7-8 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Rear Seats ...... 3-4 Audio Players ...... 7-12 General Information ...... 10-2 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Phone ...... 7-22 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Airbag System ...... 3-16 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-33 Child Restraints ...... 3-32 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Electrical System ...... 10-39 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-46 Jump Starting ...... 10-79 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2014 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual M

Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-83 OnStar ...... 14-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-86 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Additional General Information ...... 11-1 Information ...... 14-5 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Special Application Index ...... i-1 Services ...... 11-8 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-9 Recommended Fluids ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-13 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Introduction iii

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language manual can be For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in ® concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited If the vehicle has the Duramax savant: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, Diesel engine, see the Duramax the CHEVROLET Emblem, and diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated EXPRESS are trademarks and/or specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170 LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, quick reference. or licensors. Using this Manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific To quickly locate information about vehicle either because they are the vehicle, use the Index in the options that you did not purchase or back of the manual. It is an due to changes subsequent to the alphabetical list of what is in the printing of this owner manual. manual and the page number where it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 22796520 B Second Printing © 2013 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

iv Introduction

Danger, Warnings, and information relating to a specific { Caution component, control, message, Cautions gauge, or indicator. Text marked { Caution provides M : This symbol is shown when { Danger information that may indicate a you need to see the owner manual hazard that could result in injury for additional instructions or Text marked { Danger provides or death. It could also result in information. information on risk of fatal injury. possible damage to the vehicle. Disregarding this information may * : This symbol is shown when endanger life. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or information. Vehicle Symbol Chart { Warning Here are some additional symbols Text marked { Warning provides that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more information on risk of accident or A circle with a slash through it is a injury. Disregarding this information on the symbol, refer to safety symbol which means “Do the Index. information may lead to injury. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” 9 : Airbag Readiness Light # : Air Conditioning Symbols ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) The vehicle has components and % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls labels that use symbols instead of or OnStar® (if equipped) text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or J : Brake System Warning Light Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Introduction v

" : Charging System I : Cruise Control B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Exterior Lamps . : Fuel Gauge + : Fuses 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer i : Top Tether Anchors for Child Restraints * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure } : Power / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ : Tow/Haul Mode d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® M : Windshield Washer Fluid Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-1

Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-15 In Brief Bluetooth® ...... 1-15 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16 Cruise Control ...... 1-16 Instrument Panel Navigation System ...... 1-17 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Rear Vision Initial Drive Information Camera (RVC) ...... 1-17 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-17 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power Outlets ...... 1-18 System ...... 1-4 Performance and Maintenance Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Traction Control/Electronic Door Locks ...... 1-5 Stability Control ...... 1-18 Windows ...... 1-6 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-19 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-19 Safety Belts ...... 1-7 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 1-19 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 1-8 Driving for Better Fuel Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8 Economy ...... 1-19 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-9 Roadside Assistance Steering Wheel Program ...... 1-20 Adjustment ...... 1-10 OnStar® ...... 1-20 Interior Lighting ...... 1-10 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-11 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11 Climate Controls ...... 1-12 Transmission ...... 1-13 Vehicle Features Radio(s) ...... 1-14 Satellite Radio ...... 1-15 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8-7. 10. Instrument Panel Illumination 19. Passenger Airbag On-Off 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Control on page 6-5. Switch (If Equipped). See Buttons. See Driver Information Dome Lamp Override. See Airbag On-Off Switch on Center (DIC) on page 5-25. Dome Lamps on page 6-5. page 3-22. 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 11. Cruise Control on page 9-35 (If 20. Front Storage on page 4-1 (If Lane-Change Signals on Equipped). Equipped). page 6-4. Fast Idle System on page 9-18 21. Passenger Airbag Status Windshield Wiper/Washer on (If Equipped). Indicator on page 5-17 (If Equipped). page 5-3. 12. Steering Wheel Adjustment on 4. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 5-2 (If Equipped). 22. Rear Heating System on page 8-4 (If Equipped). page 6-4 (Out of View). 13. Data Link Connector (DLC) 5. Instrument Cluster on page 5-10. (Out of View). See Malfunction 23. USB Port (If Equipped). See Indicator Lamp on page 5-19. Auxiliary Devices on 6. Shift Lever. See Starting the page 7-17. Engine on page 9-17. 14. Horn on page 5-3. Manual Mode on page 9-29 (If 15. Steering Wheel Controls on Equipped). page 5-2 (If Equipped). 7. Climate Control Systems on 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button. See page 8-1. “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing 8. Infotainment on page 7-1. Equipment on page 9-56. 9. Exterior Lamp Controls on 17. Power Outlets on page 5-7. page 6-1. 18. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control on page 9-33 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press L again to overview about some of the cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2-2. to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start With this feature the engine can be Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote started from outside of the vehicle. (RKE) System Start Shown If equipped, the RKE transmitter is Q : Press to lock all doors. Starting the Vehicle used to remotely lock and unlock Lock and unlock feedback can be 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the the doors from up to 60 m (195 ft) personalized. See Vehicle vehicle. away from the vehicle. Personalization on page 5-39. 2. Press and release Q. K : Press to unlock the driver door. K 3. Immediately after completing Press again within five seconds Step 2, press and hold / for to unlock all remaining doors. four seconds or until the turn j : Press to unlock only the cargo signal lamps flash. doors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-5

When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks Power Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The Manual Door Locks doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended only once. Canceling a Remote Start To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold / On vehicles with power door locks, the switches are located on the until the parking lamps turn off. Lock and unlock the door from the doors. . Turn on the hazard warning outside using the key or the Remote T : Press to lock and unlock the flashers. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped. From the inside, slide doors. . Turn the vehicle on and then the manual lever on the door up See Power Door Locks on page 2-7. back off. or down. See Remote Vehicle Start on See Door Locks on page 2-6. page 2-4. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-6 In Brief

Windows Press or pull up on the switch to Seat Adjustment lower or raise the window. Manual Windows Manual Seats Express-Down Operate the manual windows by turning the hand crank on each door The driver window switch also has to raise or lower the side door an express-down feature that allows windows. the window to be lowered without holding the switch. Press fully and See Manual Windows on page 2-14. release the window switch marked Power Windows AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. See Power Windows on page 2-14. To adjust a manual seat: 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is If the vehicle has power windows, locked in place. the controls are on the front doors. See Seat Adjustment on page 3-2. The driver door also has a control to operate the front passenger window. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-7

Power Seats Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-3. Safety Belts

To adjust a power seat, if available, To recline the seatback: use the controls on the front of 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side the seat: of the seat. . Adjust the seat by moving the 2. Move the seatback to the center knob up, down, right, desired position, and then or left. release the lever to lock the . Raise and lower the front or rear seatback in place. of the seat cushion by moving 3. Push and pull on the seatback to the right or left lever up or down. make sure it is locked. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-8 In Brief

Refer to the following sections for To operate the airbag on-off switch, important information on how to use use the vehicle key. safety belts properly. See Airbag On-Off Switch on . Safety Belts on page 3-8. page 3-22 for important information. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3-9. Passenger Sensing . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-10. System . Lower Anchors and Tethers for The passenger sensing system, Children (LATCH System) on if equipped, will turn off the right page 3-40. front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbag Airbag On-Off Switch United States and roof‐rail airbags, if equipped, are not affected by this. If the instrument panel has one of If the vehicle has a passenger the switches pictured in the sensing system, the passenger following illustrations, the vehicle airbag status indicator will be visible has an airbag on-off switch that you on the instrument panel when the can use to manually turn on or off vehicle is started. the front outboard passenger airbag.

Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-9

United States

Select each mirror by turning the Vehicles with towing mirrors can be knob clockwise for the passenger adjusted manually for a clear view Canada and Mexico side mirror or counterclockwise for of the objects behind you. See Passenger Sensing System on the driver side mirror. Adjust the Manually fold the mirrors inward to page 3-25 for important information. mirror angle by moving the knob in prevent damage when going the desired direction. through an automatic car wash. To Mirror Adjustment Keep the selector switch in the fold, pull the mirror toward the Exterior Mirrors center position when not adjusting vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to either outside mirror. return it to the original position. Vehicles with outside manual mirrors can be adjusted by moving Interior Mirror the mirror up and down or left to To adjust the inside rearview mirror, right so you can see a little of the hold the rearview mirror in the side of the vehicle, and have a clear center and move it to view the area view of objects behind you. behind the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-10 In Brief

For vehicles with a manual rearview To adjust the steering wheel: mirror, push the tab forward for 1. Pull the lever to move the daytime use and pull it for nighttime steering wheel up or down into a use to avoid glare from the comfortable position. headlamps from behind. 2. Release the lever to lock the See Manual Rearview Mirror on steering wheel in place. page 2-14. See Steering Wheel Adjustment on Steering Wheel page 5-2. Adjustment Interior Lighting

Dome Lamps The instrument panel brightness The dome lamps come on when any knob extends when D is pressed. door is opened. They turn off after To manually turn on the dome all the doors are closed. lamps, press D then turn the knob clockwise to the farthest position. In this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened or closed. E DOME OFF: This button is located above the instrument panel brightness knob. For vehicles with a tilt steering wheel, the lever is located on the left side of the steering column. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-11

Press the button in and the dome Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps lamps remain off when a door is including all lamps, except the opened. Press the button again so headlamps. that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and Reading Lamps instrument panel lights. For vehicles with reading lamps, See: press the button located next to . Exterior Lamp Controls on each lamp to turn it on or off. page 6-1 The vehicle may also have reading . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) lamps in other locations. The lamps The exterior lamp control is on the on page 6-2 cannot be adjusted. instrument panel to the left of the . Automatic Headlamp System on For more information on interior steering wheel. page 6-3 lighting, see: O : Briefly turn the control to this . Instrument Panel Illumination position to turn the automatic Windshield Wiper/Washer Control on page 6-5. headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) off or back on. . Entry/Exit Lighting on page 6-6. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position only works for vehicles that are shifted into the P (Park) position. AUTO: Automatically turns the exterior lamps on and off, The lever is located on the left side depending on outside lighting. of the steering column. 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-12 In Brief

6 : Use to adjust the delay time Climate Controls between wipes. Turn the band up or down for more frequent wipes or The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these less frequent wipes. systems. d : Slow wipes. a : Fast wipes. 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. L : Push the paddle on top of the turn signal lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5-3.

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control 2. Temperature Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-13

vehicle's transmission and vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a trailer by letting you select a desired range of gears. To use this feature: 1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode). 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. Vehicles with Air Conditioning When M (Manual Mode) is selected, a number displays in the DIC next to 1. Fan Control Transmission the M indicating the current gear. 2. Temperature Control Range Selection Mode Grade Braking is not available when 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-30. 4. Rear Window Defogger While using Range Selection Mode, See Climate Control Systems on Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul page 8-1. See Rear Heating System Mode can be used. See Manual on page 8-4 (If Equipped) or Rear Mode on page 9-29. Climate Control System on page 8-4 (If Equipped). The vehicle may have a Range Selection Mode. The Range Selection Mode helps control the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-14 In Brief

Vehicle Features © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan stations. Radio(s) 4 : Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of additional information such as Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. Continue pressing to highlight the desired tab, or press the softkey located under any one of the tabs and the information about that tab displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Infotainment on page 7-1. Radio with CD (MP3) Storing a Favorite Station Depending on which radio the O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between vehicle has, radio stations are and off. Turn to increase or FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM®. stored as either favorites or presets. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-15

For vehicles with a FAV button, a 2. Press the softkey located below For more information, refer to: maximum of 36 stations can be any one of the tabs that you . www.siriusxm.com or call stored as favorites using the six want to change. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) softkeys below the radio station 3. Increase or decrease the time or . www.xmradio.ca or call frequency tabs and by using the date, depending on the radio, by radio FAV button. Press FAV to go 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) pressing the © SEEK or ¨ SEEK through up to six pages of favorites, See Satellite Radio on page 7-9. each having six favorite stations buttons, s REV or \ FWD available per page. Each page of buttons, or by turning f Portable Audio Devices favorites can contain any clockwise or counterclockwise. combination of AM and FM stations. This vehicle may have an auxiliary For detailed instructions on setting input on the radio faceplate and a If the radio does not have a FAV the clock for your specific audio USB port on the instrument panel. button, up to 18 stations (six FM1, system, see Clock on page 5-6. External devices such as an iPod®, six FM2, and six AM), can be laptop computer, MP3 player, CD programmed on the six numbered Satellite Radio changer, or USB storage device can buttons. be connected to the auxiliary port SiriusXM® is a satellite radio service For more information on storing a using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable based in the 48 contiguous United favorite station, see Operation on or the USB port depending on the States and 10 Canadian provinces. page 7-6. audio system. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Setting the Clock variety of programming and See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack" commercial-free music, coast to and "Using the USB Port" in To set the time and date for the coast, and in digital-quality sound. Auxiliary Devices on page 7-17. Radio with CD (MP3): A fee is required to receive the ® 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, SiriusXM service. Bluetooth DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, If equipped with a Bluetooth system, month, day, and year) display. it allows users with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-16 In Brief

make and receive hands-free calls For vehicles with audio steering ¨ : Press to seek the next radio using the vehicle’s audio system wheel controls, some audio controls station, the next track while sourced and controls. can be adjusted at the steering to the CD, or to select tracks and ® The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone wheel. folders on an iPod or USB device. must be paired with the Bluetooth w : Press to go to the next favorite For more information, see Steering system before it can be used in the radio station, track on a CD, Wheel Controls on page 5-2. vehicle. Not all phones will support or folder on an iPod® or USB all functions. For more information, device. Cruise Control see www.gm.com/bluetooth and c / x : Press to go to the Bluetooth on page 7-22. previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or Steering Wheel Controls USB device. Also press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. b / g : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. Press and hold longer than two seconds to interact with OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. + e : Press to increase volume. − e : Press to decrease volume. SRCE: Press to switch between the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the front auxiliary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-17

If equipped with cruise control, use Navigation System To clean the camera lens, located the following buttons: above the license plate, rinse it with If the vehicle has a navigation water and wipe it with a soft cloth. I : Press to turn the system on or system, there is a separate off. The indicator light on the button infotainment manual that includes See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on turns on when cruise control is information on the radio, audio page 9-39. turned on and goes off when cruise players, and navigation system. is turned off. Ultrasonic Parking Assist The navigation system provides +RES: Press briefly to make the detailed maps of most major If equipped, this system uses vehicle resume to a previously set freeways and roads. After a sensors on the rear bumper to speed, or press and hold to destination has been set, the assist with parking and avoiding accelerate. If cruise control is system provides turn-by-turn objects while in R (Reverse). already active, use to increase instructions for reaching the It operates at speeds less than vehicle speed. destination. In addition, the system 8 km/h (5 mph). Ultrasonic Rear SET−: Press briefly to set the can help locate a variety of points of Parking Assist (URPA) uses audible speed and activate cruise control. interest (POIs), such as banks, beeps to provide distance and If cruise control is already active, airports, restaurants, and more. system information. use to decrease vehicle speed. Keep the sensors on the vehicle's [ : Press to disengage cruise Rear Vision rear bumper clean to ensure proper control without erasing the set Camera (RVC) operation. speed from memory. If equipped, the RVC displays a See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on See Cruise Control on page 9-35. view of the area behind the vehicle page 9-38. when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). The display will appear on either the inside rearview mirror or navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-18 In Brief

Power Outlets . To turn off traction control, press Performance and and release the StabiliTrak The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance button g. The appropriate DIC used to plug in electrical equipment, message will display. See Ride such as a cell phone or an MP3 Traction Control/ Control System Messages on player. Electronic Stability page 5-35. The vehicle may have two Control . To turn off both traction control accessory power outlets on the and StabiliTrak, press and hold instrument panel. The vehicle may have a traction the StabiliTrak button g until the control system that limits wheel spin Remove the cover to access and StabiliTrak OFF light Y replace when not in use. and the StabiliTrak system that assists with directional control of the illuminates and the appropriate See Power Outlets on page 5-7. vehicle in difficult driving conditions. DIC messages display. See Ride Both systems turn on automatically Control System Messages on every time the vehicle is started. page 5-35. . Press and release the StabiliTrak button again to turn on both systems. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control on page 9-33. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

In Brief 1-19

Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and See Engine Oil Life System on the tires need to be inflated to the page 10-10. This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal E85 or FlexFuel monthly tire maintenance. Maintain Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can the correct tire pressures. use either unleaded gasoline or See Tire Pressure Monitor System ethanol fuel containing up to 85% on page 10-56. ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel on page 9-44. For all other vehicles, Engine Oil Life System use only the unleaded gasoline The low tire pressure warning light described under Recommended The engine oil life system calculates Fuel on page 9-43. alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use pressure of one of the vehicle's and displays a DIC message when Driving for Better Fuel tires. If the warning light comes on, it is necessary to change the engine stop as soon as possible and inflate oil and filter. The oil life system Economy the tires to the recommended should be reset to 100% only Driving habits can affect fuel pressure shown on the Tire and following an oil change. mileage. Here are some driving tips Loading Information label. See to get the best fuel economy Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10. Resetting the Oil Life System possible. The warning light will remain on until 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, . the tire pressure is corrected. with the engine off. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. The low tire pressure warning light 2. Fully press and release the . Brake gradually and avoid may come on in cool weather when accelerator pedal three times abrupt stops. the vehicle is first started, and then within five seconds. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This . Avoid idling the engine for long 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. may be an early indicator that the periods of time. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

1-20 In Brief

. When road and weather New Chevrolet owners are conditions are appropriate, use automatically enrolled in the cruise control. Roadside Assistance Program. . Always follow posted speed See Roadside Assistance Program limits or drive more slowly when on page 13-5. conditions require. ® . Keep vehicle tires properly OnStar inflated. If equipped, this vehicle has a . Combine several trips into a comprehensive, in-vehicle system single trip. that can connect to a live Advisor . Replace the vehicle's tires with for Emergency, Security, Navigation, the same TPC Spec number Connection, and Diagnostic molded into the tire's sidewall Services. See OnStar Overview on near the size. page 14-1. . Follow recommended scheduled maintenance. Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438 Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Vehicle Security Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Vehicle Security ...... 2-11 Windows Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-11 Keys Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks { Warning Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Keys ...... 2-1 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-12 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-13 System ...... 2-2 the ignition key is dangerous and Power Mirrors ...... 2-13 children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Heated Mirrors ...... 2-13 System Operation ...... 2-2 seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Interior Mirrors could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 2-6 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-14 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-14 vehicle move. The windows will Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 function with the keys in the Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Windows ignition, and children or others Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-7 Windows ...... 2-14 could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Manual Windows ...... 2-14 closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Power Windows ...... 2-14 children in a vehicle with the Swing-Out Windows ...... 2-15 ignition key. Doors Enhanced Technology Side Door (60/40 Glass ...... 2-16 Swing-Out) ...... 2-8 Sun Visors ...... 2-17 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation Overview on page 14-1. If equipped, the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter functions Remote Keyless Entry work up to 60 m (195 ft) away from (RKE) System the vehicle. Other conditions can affect the See Radio Frequency Statement on performance of the transmitter. See page 13-15. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If there is a decrease in the RKE System on page 2-2. operating range: The key is used for the ignition and . Check the distance. The all door locks. transmitter may be too far from The key has a bar-coded key tag the vehicle. that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the location. Other can use to make new keys. Store vehicles or objects may be this information in a safe place, not blocking the signal. in the vehicle. . Check the transmitter's battery. See your dealer if a replacement See “Battery Replacement” later key or additional key is needed. in this section. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, . If the transmitter is still not inspect the key blade for debris. working correctly, see your Periodically clean with a brush dealer or a qualified technician or pick. for service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Press and hold L for more than driver door. If K is pressed again two seconds to activate the panic within five seconds, all remaining alarm. The turn signal lamps flash doors unlock. and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm turns off The interior lamps come on and when the ignition is moved to ON/ stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on. If enabled RUN or L is pressed again. The through the DIC, the parking lamps ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for flash twice to indicate unlocking has the panic alarm to work. occurred. See Vehicle Programming Transmitters to Personalization on page 5-39. the Vehicle j RKE Transmitter with Remote (Cargo Door): Press to unlock Only RKE transmitters programmed Start Shown only the cargo doors. to the vehicle will work. If a Q (Lock): Press once to lock all / (Remote Vehicle Start): For transmitter is lost or stolen, a doors. If enabled through the Driver vehicles with this feature, press Q replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. Information Center (DIC), the and then press and hold / within parking lamps flash once to indicate When the replacement transmitter is five seconds to start the engine from locking has occurred. programmed to the vehicle, all outside the vehicle using the RKE remaining transmitters must also be The horn may chirp when Q is transmitter. See Remote Vehicle programmed. Any lost or stolen pressed again within five seconds. Start on page 2-4. transmitters no longer work once the See Vehicle Personalization on L (Vehicle Locator/Panic new transmitter is programmed. page 5-39. Alarm): Press and release to Each vehicle can have up to initiate vehicle locator. The turn four transmitters programmed to it. signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Battery Replacement 3. Insert the new battery, positive side facing down. Replace with a Replace the battery if the REPLACE CR2032 or equivalent battery. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC. See 4. Snap the transmitter back Key and Lock Messages on together. page 5-34. Remote Vehicle Start { Caution This vehicle may have a remote start feature. This feature allows you When replacing the battery, do to start the engine from outside the not touch any of the circuitry on vehicle. It may also start the the transmitter. Static from your vehicle's heating or air conditioning To replace the battery: body could damage the systems. See Climate Control transmitter. 1. Separate the transmitter with a Systems on page 8-1 for additional flat, thin object, such as a flat information. head screwdriver. Laws in some local communities . Carefully insert the tool into may restrict the use of remote the notch located along the starters. For example, some laws parting line of the may require a person using remote transmitter. Do not insert start to have the vehicle in view the tool too far. Stop as when doing so. Check local soon as resistance is felt. regulations for any requirements on . Twist the tool until the remote starting of vehicles. transmitter is separated. Do not use the remote start feature 2. Remove the old battery. Do not if the vehicle is low on fuel. The use a metal object. vehicle may run out of fuel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

The RKE transmitter range may be locked. The airbag readiness back to LOCK/OFF using the key less while the vehicle is running. light will be on during a remote before the remote start procedure There are other conditions which start. It should turn off when the can be used again. can affect the performance of the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. To cancel a remote start do any of transmitter, see Remote Keyless See Airbag Readiness Light on the following: Entry (RKE) System on page 2-2 for page 5-15 for more information. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the additional information. The engine will continue to run / for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps vehicle and press until the / (Remote Vehicle Start): This parking lamps turn off. button will be on the RKE for a 10-minute time extension. transmitter if you have remote start. Remote start can be extended . Turn on the hazard warning only once. flashers. To start the engine using the remote start feature: After entering the vehicle during a . Turn the ignition on and then remote start, insert and turn the key back off. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. vehicle. The remote vehicle start feature will The maximum number of remote not operate if: 2. Press and release on the starts between ignition cycles with Q . The key is in the ignition. transmitter. the key is two. . The hood is open. 3. Immediately press and hold / If the remote start procedure is used . until the turn signal lamps flash. again before the first 10 minute time The hazard warning flashers frame has ended, the first If you cannot see the vehicle's are on. 10 minutes will immediately expire lamps, press and hold for . There is an emission control and the second 10 minute time four seconds. system malfunction. See frame will start. When the engine starts, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp on After the engine has been remote parking lamps will turn on and page 5-19. started two times, the ignition switch remain on while the engine is . The engine coolant temperature must be turned to ON/RUN and then running. The doors will be is too high. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. The oil pressure is low. . Two remote vehicle starts have Warning (Continued) already been provided. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be Door Locks unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat { Warning and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from Unlocked doors can be heat stroke. Always lock the dangerous. vehicle whenever leaving it. . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter children, can easily open the through an unlocked door doors and fall out of a moving when you slow down or stop To lock the door from the inside, vehicle. When a door is the vehicle. Locking the doors slide the manual lever on the door locked, the handle will not can help prevent this from down. To unlock the door, slide the open it. The chance of being happening. manual lever up. thrown out of the vehicle in a From the outside, use the key. crash is increased if the If the vehicle is equipped with doors are not locked. So, all Keyless Entry, see Remote Keyless passengers should wear Entry (RKE) System Operation on safety belts properly and the page 2-2. doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Power Door Locks cargo door will lock immediately Automatic Door Locks when it is closed or when the delayed locking feature functions. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can Delayed Locking be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See When locking the doors with the Vehicle Personalization on power lock switch and a door open, page 5-39. the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. The horn Lockout Protection chirps to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. This feature protects you from locking the key in the vehicle when Pressing e or Q on the RKE the key is in the ignition and a door transmitter will override the delayed is open. locking feature and immediately lock If the power lock switch is pressed If equipped, press T to lock and all the doors. unlock the doors. when either the driver, passenger, This feature will not operate if the or rear door is open, all the doors When a door is locked, the inside key is in the ignition. will lock and then the driver door will door handle will not work. This feature can be programmed unlock. This feature does not include the side cargo door. Cargo Door Relocking using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See “DELAY DOOR If the vehicle has an ambulance If the cargo door is open when the LOCK” in Vehicle Personalization on package, this feature is disabled. lock button is pressed on the door page 5-39. or the RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except the cargo door. The Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks Move the button to the left for the Doors driver side door or to the right for Security locks are located on the the passenger side door to return front portion of the 60/40 side the door locks to normal operation. Side Door (60/40 swing-out door or the side Swing-Out) sliding door.

Side Sliding Door For the side sliding door, move the 60/40 Swing-Out Side To open the front portion of a 60/ button up to engage the security Door — Driver Side Shown, 40 door from the outside, pull out on feature. Move the button down to Passenger Side Similar the handle and open the door. return the door locks to normal For the 60/40 side swing-out door, operation. move the button to the right for the driver side door or to the left for the passenger side door to engage the security feature. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

then open the door. When the door is closed, the check strap will automatically re-engage. Sliding Door

To open the front portion of a 60/ To open the rear portion of a 60/ 40 door from the inside, pull the 40 door from the outside, pull the handle toward you and push the handle on the side of the rear door door open. and pull the door toward you. To close the 60/40 side doors, close the rear door first. Then close the front door. Check to make sure that To open the sliding side door from both doors are completely closed. the outside, pull the handle toward the rear of the vehicle and slide the The swing-out doors have a check door open. strap assembly in the door frame to keep the door from opening beyond To close the sliding side door from 90 degrees. the outside, use the handle to slide the door toward the front of the To open the door beyond vehicle. 90 degrees, close the door partially, pull the check strap toward you and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When the door is closed, it will be Rear Doors flush with the side of the body. Warning (Continued) { Warning injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the To open the rear doors from the doors are not locked. So, all outside, pull the handle toward you To open the sliding side door from passengers should wear to open the passenger side rear the inside, pull the handle toward safety belts properly and the door first. the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide doors should be locked the door toward the rear of the whenever the vehicle is vehicle. driven. To close the sliding side door from . Young children who get into the inside, grasp the handle and unlocked vehicles may be slide the door toward the front of the unable to get out. A child can vehicle. be overcome by extreme heat Make sure the door is completely and can suffer permanent closed before driving away. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Vehicle Security When the PASS-Key III+ system senses that someone is using the This vehicle has theft-deterrent wrong key, it shuts down the features; however, they do not make vehicle's starter and fuel systems. the vehicle impossible to steal. The starter will not work and fuel will stop being delivered to the engine. Immobilizer Anyone using a trial-and-error method to start the vehicle will be See Radio Frequency Statement on discouraged because of the high page 13-15. number of electrical key codes. Immobilizer Operation If the engine does not start and the security message comes on, the This vehicle is equipped with the key may have a damaged To open the driver side rear door, ® pull the latch release at the inside PASS-Key III+ (Personalized transponder. Turn the ignition off edge of the door. Automotive Security System) and try again. theft-deterrent system. PASS-Key III To close the rear doors, close the + is a passive theft deterrent If the engine still does not start, and driver side rear door first. Then system. the key appears to be undamaged, close the passenger side rear door. try another ignition key. If the engine Check to make sure both doors are The system is automatically armed still does not start with the other key, completely closed. when the key is removed from the the vehicle needs service. If the ignition. vehicle does start, the first key may You do not have to manually arm or be faulty. See your dealer or a disarm the system. locksmith who can service the PASS-Key III+ to have a new The security light will come on if key made. there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ 3. After the engine has started, turn Exterior Mirrors decoder to learn the transponder the key to LOCK/OFF and value of a new or replacement key. remove the key. Convex Mirrors Up to eight keys may be 4. Insert the key to be programmed programmed for the vehicle. This and turn it to ON/RUN within procedure is for learning additional 10 seconds of removing the { Warning keys only. If all the currently previous key. programmed keys are lost or do not A convex mirror can make things, operate, you must see your dealer The security message will turn like other vehicles, look farther or a locksmith who can service off once the key has been away than they really are. If you PASS-Key III+ to have keys made programmed. It may not be cut too sharply into the right lane, and programmed to the system. apparent that the security you could hit a vehicle on the message went on due to how right. Check the inside mirror or See your dealer or a locksmith who quickly the key is programmed. can service PASS-Key III+ to get a glance over your shoulder before new key blank that is cut exactly as 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional changing lanes. the ignition key that operates the keys are to be programmed. system. If you lose or damage a The passenger side mirror is convex To program the new key: PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer shaped. A convex mirror's surface is or a locksmith who can service curved so more can be seen from 1. Verify the new key has 1 PASS-Key III+ to have a new the driver seat. stamped on it. key made. 2. Insert the original, already Do not leave the key or device that Manual Mirrors programmed key into the ignition disarms or deactivates the Adjust the mirrors by pressing the lock cylinder and start the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. mirror up and down and left and engine. If the engine will not right. start, see your dealer for service. The mirrors can be manually folded in or out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

On the lower portion of each mirror On the lower portion of each mirror Then, adjust the mirror angle by is an auxiliary convex mirror. there is an auxiliary convex mirror moving the knob in the desired A convex mirror's surface is curved that can be adjusted manually to direction. The auxiliary convex so you can see more from the driver provide an extended field of view. mirrors can only be adjusted seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors The mirrors can be manually folded manually. can be adjusted manually by in or out. pressing the mirror. Heated Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors Power Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to heat the mirrors. An indicator light in the button lights when the outside heated mirrors are activated. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate Control Systems on page 8-1 for more information.

Select each mirror by turning the Vehicles with towing mirrors can be knob clockwise for the passenger adjusted manually for a clear view side mirror or counterclockwise for of the objects behind you. the driver side mirror. The center position is neutral. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Windows Manual Windows Operate the manual windows by Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning turning the hand crank on each door Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear to raise or lower the side door Never leave a child, a helpless view of the area behind your windows. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, vehicle. especially with the windows Power Windows Do not spray glass cleaner directly closed in warm or hot weather. on the mirror. Use a soft towel They can be overcome by the { Warning dampened with water. extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death Children could be seriously Manual Rearview Mirror from heat stroke. injured or killed if caught in the For vehicles with a manual rearview path of a closing window. Never mirror, push the tab forward for leave keys in a vehicle with daytime use and pull it for nighttime children. See Keys on page 2-1. use to avoid glare from the headlamps from behind. Cargo vans without rear door glass may not have an inside rearview mirror. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Express-Down Swing-Out Windows The driver window switch also has an express-down feature that allows the window to be lowered without holding the switch. Press fully and release the window switch marked AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. If the vehicle has power windows, the controls are on each of the front Side Swing-Out Window doors. To open the side door swing-out The driver door has a switch for the window, pull up on the latch at the passenger window also. The power edge of the window. Swing the windows will work when the ignition window out and push down on the has been turned to ON/RUN or latch to lock the window into place. ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is To close the window, pull the latch active. See Retained Accessory toward you and push down on the Power (RAP) on page 9-20. latch to lock it. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull up on the front edge of the switch to raise the window. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Enhanced Technology Glass The vehicle may be equipped with Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG). ETG is part of the overall occupant protection system on passenger and crew vans. ETG may help keep passengers sitting next to these fixed windows from being ejected through the glass in some, but not all crashes. Even with this glass, safety belts must still be worn at all Rear Swing‐Out Windows times. For passenger and crew The vehicle also has rear swing‐out vans, use only ETG glass approved windows. The rear swing-out for the vehicle for replacement when windows work the same way as the damaged. side swing‐out window, but the latch is located at the bottom edge of the The following table shows laminated window. glass location, based on vehicle model and options. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations Eight-Seat Passenger Vans Sliding door forward window Sliding door forward window and 12- and 15-Seat Passenger Vans rear-most side windows Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans Rear-most side windows Crew Vans Sliding door forward window

Sun Visors To block out glare, swing down the sun visors. You can also swing them to the side. Visor Vanity Mirror The vehicle may have visor vanity mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift the mirror cover to turn the lamps on, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Safety System Check ...... 3-15 Adding Equipment to the Safety Belt Care ...... 3-15 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-30 Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Airbag System Check ...... 3-31 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-15 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-31 Head Restraints Airbag System Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Airbag System ...... 3-16 Child Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-18 Older Children ...... 3-32 Front Seats When Should an Airbag Infants and Young Seat Adjustment ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Children ...... 3-34 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 What Makes an Airbag Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-36 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-38 Rear Seats How Does an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers Restrain? ...... 3-21 for Children (LATCH Rear Seats ...... 3-4 What Will You See after an System) ...... 3-40 Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-21 Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 3-22 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-46 How to Wear Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints Properly ...... 3-9 System ...... 3-25 (Rear Seat) ...... 3-46 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints Safety Belt Use During Vehicle ...... 3-30 (Front Seat-Passenger Pregnancy ...... 3-14 Sensing System) ...... 3-48 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-15 Securing Child Restraints (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off Switch) ...... 3-51 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Front Seats On vehicles with factory installed seats, the front seats have built-in Seat Adjustment head restraints that are not adjustable in the outboard seating { Warning positions. You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To adjust the seat: 1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Power Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side { Warning of the seat. 2. Move the seatback to the If either seatback is not locked, it desired position, and then could move forward in a sudden release the lever to lock the stop or crash. That could cause seatback in place. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to seatbacks to be sure they are make sure it is locked. locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the To adjust a power seat, if available, seatback, and the seatback will use the controls on the front of return to the upright position. the seat: 2. Push and pull on the seatback to . Move the center knob to the make sure it is locked. right or left to move the seat forward or rearward. . Move the center knob up or down to raise or lower the seat. . Move the right or left lever up or down to raise or lower the front or rear of the seat cushion. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-4 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Rear Seats

Sitting in a reclined position when Removing the Rear Seat the vehicle is in motion can be Disconnect the mini-latch plates for dangerous. Even when buckled the lap-shoulder belts on the bench up, the safety belts cannot do seat to be removed. their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving. your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the 1. To do this, press the tip of a key vehicle is in motion, have the into the release hole of the seatback upright. Then sit well safety belt buckle while pulling back in the seat and wear the up on the safety belt. safety belt properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-5

2. Locate the pins. The left side pin has a gray cap 3. Pull the pin handle up to On a three-passenger seat there with a black “L” marked on it. disengage the pin from the are two pins on the inboard sides retaining clip, and then pull the of the rear seats. pin out. 4. Repeat this procedure for the other pins. 5. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails. 6. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Three-Passenger Seat The right side pin has a Three-Passenger Seat black cap with a white “R” marked on it. On a four-passenger seat, each half of the seat has a set of pins. The left side has a set marked “L,” and the right side has a set marked “R.” If the vehicle has floor mats, the pins are under a flap that has been cut into the mat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-6 Seats and Restraints

7. For the second- and third-row Reinstalling the Rear Seats 1. Position the seat into the open seats, stow the safety belt latch slots in both rails. Push the seat by attaching the clip on the { Warning forward in the rail, hooking both safety belt latch to the trim just seat bases onto the pins inside inside the side door. A seat that is not locked into of the rails. place properly can move around 2. Locate the hole in the rail to in a collision or sudden stop. install the locking pins at the rear People in the vehicle could be of the seat base. If the vehicle injured. Be sure to lock the seat has floor mats, pull the flap that into place properly when has been cut into the mat. installing it. 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base and push the seat to line up the pins with the base. { Warning On a three-passenger seat, the pin with the black cap A safety belt that is improperly marked “R” must be installed on routed, not properly attached, the right side and the pin with For the last row of seats, stow or twisted will not provide the the gray cap marked “L” on the the safety belt latch plate on the protection needed in a crash. The left side. clip at the window trim. Roll the person wearing the belt could be On a four-passenger seat, the seriously injured. After raising the mini-latch into the safety belt pins marked “R” must be webbing and then hook the rear seatback, always check to be installed on the half of the seat safety belt latch plate on the clip. sure that the safety belts are on the right side. The pins properly routed and attached, and marked “L” must be installed on are not twisted. the half of the seat on the left side. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-7

7. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base. 8. Connect the mini-latch plates for the lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch plates into the mini-buckles attached at the outboard positions of the bench seat. Do not twist the belts. 9. Check that all locking pins are locked into place before operating the vehicle. Three-Passenger Seat Three-Passenger Seat 4. Push the pin(s) marked “R” down 5. Push the pin(s) marked “L” down until they are in the until they are in the retaining clip. retaining clip. 6. If the vehicle has a floor mat, put the flap back to its original position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts Warning (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped { Warning with seats and safety belts. Always wear a safety belt, and Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too. properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. worse than if you are wearing When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously See Safety Belt Reminders on page 5-15. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the addition, anyone who is not instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other When you wear a safety belt, you passengers in the vehicle. and the vehicle slow down together. It is extremely dangerous to ride There is more time to stop because in a cargo area, inside or outside you stop over a longer distance and, of a vehicle. In a collision, when worn properly, your strongest passengers riding in these areas bones take the forces from the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-9

safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law sense. requires wearing safety belts. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of safety belt? adult size. A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-32 or Infants of you. and Young Children on page 3-34. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why . Always use the correct buckle Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position. should I have to wear safety protection. belts? . Wear the lap part of the belt low It is very important for all occupants A: Airbags are supplemental and snug on the hips, just to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash, systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often safety belts — not instead of this applies force to the strong in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts. is provided, all occupants still less likely to slide under the lap have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-10 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull shoulder and across the chest. the belt across you. Do not let it These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted. able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are forces. The shoulder belt locks if using a rear seating position with a The lap-shoulder belt may lock if there is a sudden stop or crash. detachable safety belt and the you pull the belt across you very safety belt is not attached, see quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. { Warning “Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under Rear Seats on page 3-4 for Then pull the belt across you You can be seriously injured, instructions on reconnecting the more slowly. or even killed, by not wearing safety belt to the mini-buckle. If the shoulder portion of a your safety belt properly. The following instructions explain passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint . Never allow the lap or how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. locking feature may be engaged. shoulder belt to become If this happens, let the belt go loose or twisted. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is back all the way and start again. . Never wear the shoulder belt adjustable, so you can sit up under both arms or behind straight. To see how, see “Seats” your back. in the Index. . Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-11

later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. on the buckle. The belt should Pull up on the latch plate to return to its stowed position. Slide make sure it is secure. If the belt the latch plate up the safety belt is not long enough, see Safety 5. To make the lap part tight, pull webbing when the safety belt is not Belt Extender on page 3-15. up on the shoulder belt. in use. The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt, It may be necessary to pull Position the release button on near the guide loop on the side wall. the buckle so that the safety belt stitching on the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if through the latch plate to fully Before a door is closed, be sure the necessary. tighten the lap belt on smaller safety belt is out of the way. If a occupants. door is slammed against a safety 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt belt, damage can occur to both the height adjuster, move it to the safety belt and the vehicle. height that is right for you. See “Safety Belt Height Adjuster” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Height Adjuster To move it down, pull on the center vehicle has roof-rail airbags, safety adjuster control labeled PULL. You belt pretensioners can help tighten The vehicle has a safety belt height can move the height adjuster up just the safety belts in a side crash or a adjuster for the driver and right front by pushing up on the shoulder belt rollover event. passenger positions. guide. Pretensioners work only once. If the Adjust the height so the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the pretensioners are activated in a portion of the belt is on the shoulder desired position, try to move it down crash, the pretensioners and and not falling off of it. The belt without pushing in to make sure it possibly other parts of the safety should be close to, but not has locked into position. belt system will need to be replaced. contacting, the neck. Improper See Replacing Safety Belt System shoulder belt height adjustment Safety Belt Pretensioners Parts after a Crash on page 3-15. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How If the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) of the vehicle is below Rear Safety Belt Comfort to Wear Safety Belts Properly on Guides page 3-9. 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) then the vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the This vehicle may have rear shoulder front outboard occupants. See belt comfort guides. If not, they are Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10 to available through your dealer. locate the certification label which The guides may provide added contains the GVWR. safety belt comfort for older children Although the safety belt who have outgrown booster seats pretensioners cannot be seen, they and for some adults. When installed are part of the safety belt assembly. and properly adjusted, the comfort They can help tighten the safety guide positions the shoulder belt belts during the early stages of a away from the neck and head. moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. And, if the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Here is how to install a comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not guide to the safety belt: and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The 1. Locate the guide in a pocket on belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the the side of the seatback. belt and the guide on top. { Warning

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-14 Seats and Restraints

To remove and store the comfort Warning (Continued) guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can and across the chest. These parts be removed from the guide. Slide of the body are best able to take the guide into its storage pocket on belt restraining forces. the side of the seatback. Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not A pregnant woman should wear a wear safety belts. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety 4. Buckle, position, and release the belt is worn properly, it is more likely safety belt as described that the fetus will not be hurt in a previously in this section. Make crash. For pregnant women, as for sure the shoulder portion of the anyone, the key to making safety belt is on the shoulder and not belts effective is wearing them falling off of it. The belt should properly. be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt safety belts may not protect you in a If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a around you, you should use it. impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away. enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders on page 5-15. A crash can damage the safety will wear, so the extender will be belt system in the vehicle. long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3-15. may not properly protect the else use it, and use it only for the person using it, resulting in seat it is made to fit. The extender Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the use it for securing child seats. To safety belt systems are working wear it, attach it to the regular safety { Warning properly after a crash, have them belt. See the instruction sheet that inspected and any necessary comes with the extender. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as It may severely weaken them. In possible. Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary. buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that anchorages are all working properly. were used during any crash may Look for any other loose or have been stressed or damaged. damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job. See your dealer Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-16 Seats and Restraints

See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System If the van is equipped with a belt assemblies inspected or sliding door, the roof-rail airbag replaced. The vehicle has the following for the front outboard passenger airbag: New parts and repairs may be is separate from the roof-rail necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. airbag for the passenger seated directly behind the front outboard system was not being used at the The vehicle may have the following time of the crash. passenger. If the van is airbags: equipped with a 60/40 swing-out Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the front door, a single roof-rail airbag checked if the vehicle has been in a outboard passenger. covers both seating positions. crash, or if the airbag readiness light . stays on after you start the vehicle . A roof-rail airbag for the driver A roof-rail airbag for the driver or while you are driving. See Airbag on vans with single row seating. and the second and third row passengers seated directly Readiness Light on page 5-15. . A roof-rail airbag for the front behind the driver on vans with outboard passenger on vans three or more seating rows. with single row seating. . A roof-rail airbag for the front . A roof-rail airbag for the driver outboard passenger and the and the passenger seated second and third row directly behind the driver on passengers seated directly vans with two row seating. behind the front outboard . A roof-rail airbag for the front passenger on vans with three or outboard passenger and the more seating rows. passenger seated directly If the van is equipped with a behind the front outboard sliding door, the roof-rail airbag passenger on vans with two row for the front outboard passenger seating. is separate from the roof-rail airbag for the second and third Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-17

row passengers seated directly Here are the most important things behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system: { Warning passenger. If the van is Airbags inflate with great force, equipped with a 60/40 swing-out { Warning door, a single roof-rail airbag faster than the blink of an eye. covers all three seating You can be severely injured or Anyone who is up against, or very positions. killed in a crash if you are not close to, any airbag when it wearing your safety belt, even inflates can be seriously injured All vehicle airbags have the word or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily AIRBAG on the trim or on an with airbags. Airbags are close to the airbag, as you would attached label near the deployment designed to work with safety be if you were sitting on the edge opening. belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not designed to inflate of your seat or leaning forward. For frontal airbags, the word Safety belts help keep you in AIRBAG is on the center of the in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are the only restraint. position before and during a steering wheel for the driver and on crash. Always wear your safety the instrument panel for the front See When Should an Airbag Inflate? on page 3-20. belt, even with airbags. The driver outboard passenger. should sit as far back as possible For roof-rail airbags, the word Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. hitting things inside the vehicle or Airbags are designed to supplement being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or the protection provided by safety supplemental restraints to the sleep against the door or side belts. Even though today’s airbags “ ” safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with are also designed to help reduce roof-rail airbags. the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt inflating airbag, all airbags must properly, whether or not there is inflate very quickly to do their job. an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags? { Warning

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3-32 or Infants and Young Children on page 3-34.

If the vehicle has one, the front outboard passenger airbag is in the The driver frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the center of the steering wheel. passenger side.

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5-15. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-19

{ Warning

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put Side Similar Side Similar anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other If the vehicle has a single seating If the vehicle has two seating rows, airbag covering. row and it has roof-rail airbags for roof-rail airbags for the driver, front the driver and front outboard outboard passenger, and second Never secure anything to the roof passenger, the roof-rail airbags are row outboard passengers are in the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags in the ceiling above the side ceiling above the side windows. by routing a rope or tie down windows. If the vehicle has three or more through any door or window seating rows, roof-rail airbags for opening. If you do, the path of an the driver, front outboard passenger, inflating roof-rail airbag will be and second and third row outboard blocked. passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-20 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag It depends largely on what you hit, inflate in moderate to severe side the direction of the impact, and how crashes depending on the location Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. of the impact. In addition, these This vehicle is equipped with one or Frontal airbags may inflate at roof-rail airbags are designed to more airbags. See Airbag System different crash speeds depending on inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail on page 3-16. Airbags are designed whether the vehicle hits an object airbags are not designed to inflate in to inflate if the impact exceeds the straight on or at an angle, and frontal, near-frontal, or rear impacts. specific airbag system's deployment whether the object is fixed or All roof-rail airbags will inflate when threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow either side of the vehicle is struck or are used to predict how severe a or wide. if the sensing system predicts that crash is likely to be in time for the the vehicle is about to roll over on airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to its side. the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in many side impacts. In any particular crash, no one can electronic sensors which help the say whether an airbag should have airbag system determine the In addition, if the GVWR (Gross inflated simply because of the severity of the impact. Deployment Vehicle Weight Rating) is 3 855 kg vehicle damage or repair costs. thresholds can vary with specific (8,500 lb) or below, the vehicle has vehicle design. advanced technology frontal What Makes an Airbag Frontal airbags are designed to airbags. You can find the GVWR on Inflate? inflate in moderate to severe frontal the Certification/Tire label on the or near-frontal crashes to help rear edge of the driver door. See In a deployment event, the sensing reduce the potential for severe Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10. system sends an electrical signal injuries mainly to the driver or front Advanced technology frontal airbags triggering a release of gas from the outboard passenger head and adjust the restraint according to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the chest. crash severity. airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, Whether the frontal airbags will or The vehicle may or may not be and related hardware are all part of should deploy is not based primarily equipped with roof-rail airbags. the airbag module. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Roof-rail airbags are designed to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-21

For airbag locations, see Where Are ejection in rollover events, although The parts of the airbag that come the Airbags? on page 3-18. no system can prevent all such into contact with you may be warm, ejections. but not too hot to touch. There may How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many be some smoke and dust coming Restrain? types of collisions, primarily from the vents in the deflated because the occupant's motion is airbags. Airbag inflation does not In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See prevent the driver from seeing out of near frontal collisions, even belted When Should an Airbag Inflate? on the windshield or being able to steer occupants can contact the steering page 3-20 for more information. the vehicle, nor does it prevent wheel or the instrument panel. In people from leaving the vehicle. moderate to severe side collisions, Airbags should never be regarded even belted occupants can contact as anything more than a supplement { Warning the inside of the vehicle. to safety belts. Airbags supplement the protection When an airbag inflates, there provided by safety belts by What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust distributing the force of the impact an Airbag Inflates? could cause breathing problems for people with a history of more evenly over the After the frontal airbags inflate, they asthma or other breathing trouble. occupant's body. quickly deflate, so quickly that some To avoid this, everyone in the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags people may not even realize an are designed to help contain the airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags vehicle should get out as soon as head and chest of occupants in the may still be at least partially inflated it is safe to do so. If you have outboard seating positions in the for some time after they deploy. breathing problems but cannot first, second, and third rows, Some components of the airbag get out of the vehicle after an if equipped. The rollover capable module may be hot for several airbag inflates, then get fresh air roof-rail airbags are designed to minutes. For location of the airbag by opening a window or a door. help reduce the risk of full or partial modules, see What Makes an If you experience breathing Airbag Inflate? on page 3-20. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-22 Seats and Restraints

parts. The service manual for Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be . The vehicle has a crash sensing medical attention. concealed damage that could and diagnostic module which make it difficult to safely operate records information after a the vehicle. crash. See Vehicle Data The vehicle has a feature that may Recording on page 13-13. automatically unlock the doors Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians (if equipped with power door locks), to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. turn on the interior lamps and has occurred. hazard warning flashers, and shut Improper service can mean that off the fuel system after the airbags an airbag system will not work inflate. You can lock the doors, and In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for turn off the interior lamps and the inflate the airbag, windshields are service. hazard warning flashers by using broken by vehicle deformation. the controls for those features. Additional windshield breakage may Airbag On-Off Switch also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. If the instrument panel has one of { Warning the switches pictured in the . Airbags are designed to inflate following illustrations, the vehicle A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag has an airbag on-off switch that you the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new can use to manually turn on or off damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system. the front outboard passenger airbag. the vehicle, such as the fuel If you do not get them, the airbag system, brake and steering system will not be there to help systems, etc. Even if the vehicle protect you in another crash. A new system will include airbag (Continued) modules and possibly other Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-23

If the vehicle does not have an Child age 1 to 12. A child airbag on-off switch, it may have a age 1 to 12 must ride in the front passenger sensing system. See seat because: Passenger Sensing System on . My vehicle has no rear seat; page 3-25. . Although children ages 1 to 12 This switch should only be turned to ride in the rear seat(s) whenever the off position if the person in the possible, children ages 1 to 12 front outboard passenger position is sometimes must ride in the front a member of a passenger risk group because no space is available in identified by the national the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or government as follows: . The child has a medical United States Infant. An infant (less than condition which, according to the 1 year old) must ride in the front child's physician, makes it seat because: necessary for the child to ride in . My vehicle has no rear seat; the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the . My vehicle has a rear seat too child's condition. small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or . The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant's physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the Canada and Mexico child's condition. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Medical Condition. A passenger has a medical condition which, Warning (Continued) according to his or her physician: off the passenger airbag unless . Causes the passenger airbag to the person sitting there is in a risk pose a special risk for the group. passenger; and . Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the instrument Canada and Mexico panel or windshield in a crash. To turn off the front outboard { Warning passenger frontal airbag, insert the ignition key into the switch, push in, If the right front passenger airbag and move the switch to the off is turned off for a person who is position. not in a risk group identified by United States The airbag off light will come on to the national government, that let you know the front outboard person will not have the extra passenger airbag is off. The airbag protection of an airbag. In a off light will stay on to remind you crash, the airbag will not be able that the airbag is off. See Airbag to inflate and help protect the On-Off Light on page 5-16. The front person sitting there. Do not turn outboard passenger airbag will (Continued) remain off until you turn it back on again. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-25

To turn the front outboard passenger { Warning airbag on again, insert the ignition key into the switch, push in, and If the airbag readiness light ever move the switch to the on position. comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong The front outboard passenger with the airbag system. For frontal airbag is now enabled, and example, the right front may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Light passenger airbag could inflate on page 5-16 for more information. even though the airbag on-off switch is turned off. Passenger Sensing System To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced United States If the instrument panel has one of right away. See Airbag Readiness the indicators pictured in the Light on page 5-15 for more following illustrations, the vehicle information, including important has a passenger sensing system safety information. unless there is an airbag off switch located on the instrument panel. If there is an airbag off switch, the vehicle does not have a passenger sensing system. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-22 for more information.

Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-26 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard { Warning passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because United States The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to the front outboard passenger seat. the inflating airbag. A child in a The sensors are designed to detect forward-facing child restraint can the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front be seriously injured or killed if the outboard passenger frontal airbag passenger frontal airbag inflates should be allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a Canada and Mexico forward position. According to accident statistics, The passenger airbag status Children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing indicator will be visible on the secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the instrument panel when the vehicle is child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no started. and size. system is fail-safe. No one can The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children age guarantee that an airbag will not symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in inflate under some unusual during the system check. When the a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the system check is complete, either the airbag is off. A label on the sun visor says, word ON or the word OFF, or the (Continued) symbol for on or the symbol for off, “Never put a rear-facing child seat in will be visible. See Passenger the front.” This is because the risk to Airbag Status Indicator on the rear-facing child is so great, page 5-17. if the airbag deploys. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-27

. The system determines that a anytime the system senses that a Warning (Continued) small child is present in a child person of adult size is sitting restraint. properly in the front outboard Secure rear-facing child restraints . The system determines that a passenger seat. in a rear seat, even if the airbag small child is present in a is off. If you secure a When the passenger sensing booster seat. forward-facing child restraint in system has allowed the airbag to be the front outboard passenger . A front outboard passenger enabled, the on indicator will light seat, always move the seat as far takes his/her weight off of the and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active. back as it will go. It is better to seat for a period of time. secure the child restraint in a . The front outboard passenger For some children who have rear seat. seat is occupied by a smaller outgrown child restraints and for person, such as a child who has very small adults, the passenger outgrown child restraints. sensing system may or may not turn If the vehicle does not have a rear off the front outboard passenger . seat that will accommodate a There is a critical problem with frontal airbag, depending upon the rear-facing child restraint, a the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body rear-facing child restraint should not passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who be installed in the vehicle, even if When the passenger sensing has outgrown child restraints should the airbag is off. system has turned off the front wear a safety belt The passenger sensing system is outboard passenger frontal airbag, properly — whether or not there is designed to turn off the front the off indicator will light and stay lit an airbag for that person. outboard passenger frontal airbag if: to remind you that the airbag is off. See Passenger Airbag Status . The front outboard passenger Indicator on page 5-17. seat is unoccupied. The passenger sensing system is . The system determines that an designed to turn on the front infant is present in a rear-facing outboard passenger frontal airbag infant seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-28 Seats and Restraints

3. Remove any additional items 6. If, after reinstalling the child { Warning from the seat such as blankets, restraint and restarting the cushions, seat covers, seat vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. turn the vehicle off. Then slightly comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint recline the vehicle seatback and that something may be wrong adjust the seat cushion, with the airbag system. To help following the directions provided by the child restraint if adjustable, to make sure that avoid injury to yourself or others, the vehicle seatback is not have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (Front pushing the child restraint into away. See Airbag Readiness Seat-Airbag On/Off Switch) on the seat cushion. Light on page 5-15 for more page 3-51 or Securing Child 7. If the on indicator is still lit, information, including important Restraints (Front secure the child in the child safety information. Seat-Passenger Sensing restraint in a rear seat position in System) on page 3-48 or the vehicle, and check with your If the On Indicator is Lit for a Securing Child Restraints (Rear dealer. Child Restraint Seat) on page 3-46. If no rear seat is available, do If a child restraint has been installed 5. Restart the vehicle. not install a child restraint in this and the on indicator is lit: vehicle and check with your dealer. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-29

If the Off Indicator is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, Warning (Continued) cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger 3. Place the seatback in the fully airbag off indicator is lit. upright position. 4. Have the person sit upright in Additional Factors Affecting the seat, centered on the seat System Operation cushion, with legs comfortably extended. Safety belts help keep the 5. Restart the vehicle and have the passenger in position on the seat person remain in this position for during vehicle maneuvers and two to three minutes after the on braking, which helps the passenger indicator is lit. sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See If a person of adult size is sitting in “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” the front outboard passenger seat, { Warning in the Index for additional but the off indicator is lit, it could be information about the importance of If the front outboard passenger because that person is not sitting proper restraint use. properly in the seat. If this happens, airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag A thick layer of additional material, use the following steps to allow the such as a blanket or cushion, system to detect that person and will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, or aftermarket equipment such as enable the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat frontal airbag: resulting in an increased risk of serious injury or even death. An massagers can affect how well the 1. Turn the vehicle off. passenger sensing system adult-sized occupant should not operates. We recommend that you (Continued) not use seat covers or other Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-30 Seats and Restraints

aftermarket equipment except when Servicing the approved by GM for your specific Warning (Continued) vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Airbags affect how the vehicle proper service procedures, and page 3-30 for more information should be serviced. There are parts make sure the person performing about modifications that can affect of the airbag system in several work for you is qualified to do so. how the system operates. places around the vehicle. Your The on indicator may be lit if an dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the information about servicing the object, such as a briefcase, Airbag-Equipped Vehicle handbag, grocery bag, laptop or vehicle and the airbag system. To other electronic device, is put on an purchase a service manual, see Adding accessories that change the unoccupied seat. If this is not Service Publications Ordering vehicle's frame, bumper system, desired remove the object from Information on page 13-11. height, front end, or side sheet the seat. metal, may keep the airbag system { Warning from working properly. The { Warning operation of the airbag system can For up to 10 seconds after the also be affected by changing any Stowing of articles under the vehicle is turned off and the parts of the front seats, safety belts, passenger seat or between the battery is disconnected, an airbag the airbag sensing and diagnostic passenger seat cushion and can still inflate during improper module, steering wheel, instrument seatback may interfere with the service. You can be injured if you panel, any airbag modules, ceiling proper operation of the passenger are close to an airbag when it or pillar garnish trim, front sensors, rollover sensor module, or airbag sensing system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the wiring. airbag system. Be sure to follow (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-31

Your dealer and the service manual turning off the passenger airbag(s). have information about the location See Passenger Sensing System on { Caution of the airbag sensors, sensing and page 3-25. If an airbag covering is damaged, diagnostic module, and airbag If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail wiring. opened, or broken, the airbag airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not In addition, the vehicle may have a and Wheels on page 10-65 for open or break the airbag passenger sensing system for the additional important information. coverings. If there are any front outboard passenger position, If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag which includes sensors that are part because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag of the passenger seat. The you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module passenger sensing system may not the modifications will affect the operate properly if the original seat replaced. For the location of the vehicle's airbag system, or if you airbags, see Where Are the trim is replaced with non-GM have questions about whether the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with Airbags? on page 3-18. See your airbag system will be affected if the dealer for service. GM covers, upholstery, or trim vehicle is modified for any other designed for a different vehicle. Any reason, call Customer Assistance. object, such as an aftermarket seat See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System heater or a comfort-enhancing pad on page 13-3. or device, installed under or on top Parts after a Crash of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check interfere with the operation of the { Warning passenger sensing system. This The airbag system does not need could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle. airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light on not work properly and may not page 5-15. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that Warning (Continued) come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that protect you and your Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a passenger(s) in a crash, resulting lap-shoulder belt until the child in serious injury or even death. To passes the fit test below: help make sure the airbag systems are working properly . Sit all the way back on the seat. after a crash, have them Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, inspected and any necessary return to the booster seat. replacements made as soon as possible. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If an airbag inflates, you will need to If no, try using the rear safety replace airbag system parts. See belt comfort guide. See “Rear your dealer for service. Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on If the airbag readiness light stays on Older children who have outgrown page 3-10. If the shoulder belt after the vehicle is started or comes booster seats should wear the still does not rest on the on when you are driving, the airbag vehicle safety belts. system may not work properly. Have shoulder, then return to the the vehicle serviced right away. See booster seat. Airbag Readiness Light on . Does the lap belt fit low and page 5-15. snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-33

. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts wear safety belts? properly. A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the { Warning additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit safety belt cannot properly spread snugly below the hips, just the impact forces. In a crash, they touching the top of the thighs. can be crushed together and { Warning This applies belt force to the seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the at a time. behind their back. A child can be abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on The child could move too far page 3-10. forward increasing the chance of According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap restrained in a rear seating position. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young Every time infants and young Warning (Continued) children ride in vehicles, they should Children have the protection provided by belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs appropriate child restraints. Neither applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and the vehicle's safety belt system nor That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the its airbag system is designed injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and for them. go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the the chest. Children who are not restrained need, for everyone, to use safety properly can strike other people, restraints. In fact, the law in every or can be thrown out of the vehicle. state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be { Warning restrained while in a vehicle. Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to { Warning crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not Children can be seriously injured possible to hold it during a crash. or strangled if a shoulder belt is For example, in a crash at only wrapped around their neck and 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) the safety belt continues to infant will suddenly become a tighten. Never leave children 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's unattended in a vehicle and never arms. An infant should be allow children to play with the secured in an appropriate safety belts. restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-35

weight, height, and age but also Warning (Continued) whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor seat, always move the front vehicle in which it will be used. passenger seat as far back as it will go. For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. { Warning The restraint manufacturer Children who are up against, instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and or very close to, any airbag when height limitations for a particular it inflates can be seriously injured child restraint. In addition, there or killed. Never put a rear-facing are many kinds of restraints child restraint in the right front available for children with Q: What are the different types of seat. Secure a rear-facing child special needs. restraint in a rear seat. It is also add-on child restraints? better to secure a forward-facing A: Add-on child restraints, which child restraint in a rear seat. If you are purchased by the vehicle must secure a forward-facing owner, are available in four basic child restraint in the right front types. Selection of a particular (Continued) restraint should take into consideration not only the child's Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems { Warning { Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular need complete support. In a safety belt may not remain low on crash, if an infant is in a the hip bones, as it should. rear-facing child restraint, the Instead, it may settle up around crash forces can be distributed the child's abdomen. In a crash, across the strongest part of an the belt would apply force on a infant's body, the back and body area that is unprotected by shoulders. Infants should always any bony structure. This alone be secured in rear-facing child could cause serious or fatal restraints. injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface child restraints. against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-40. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children age crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position. When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with If a child restraint is secured in the restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial front outboard passenger seat, and that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle has a switch on the may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the instrument panel to manually turn off booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint the front outboard passenger airbag, The child restraint instructions are see Airbag On-Off Switch on important, so if they are not page 3-22 and Securing Child available, obtain a replacement { Warning Restraints (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or Switch) on page 3-51 or Securing Child Restraints (Front Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not Seat-Passenger Sensing System) child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child collision or sudden stop and injure on page 3-48 or Securing Child restraint. Secure the child Restraints (Rear Seat) on page 3-46 people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions properly secure any child restraint in for more information, including that came with that child restraint. important safety information. the vehicle — even when no child is in it. Never put a rear-facing child seat in In some areas of the United States Where to Put the the front. This is because the risk to and Canada, Certified Child Restraint the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating Highway Traffic Safety position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-39

to access adjacent safety belt { Warning Warning (Continued) assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints restraints. Adjacent seating restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag positions should not be used if the or killed if the front outboard is off. If you secure a child restraint prevents access to or passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in interferes with the routing of the because the back of the the front outboard seat, always safety belt. rear-facing child restraint would move the front passenger seat as If the vehicle does not have a rear be very close to the inflating far back as it will go. It is better to seat that will accommodate a airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a rear-facing child restraint, a child restraint can be seriously rear seat. rear-facing child restraint should not injured or killed if the front be installed in the vehicle, even if outboard passenger airbag When securing a child restraint in a the airbag is off. inflates and the passenger seat is rear seating position, study the in a forward position. Wherever a child restraint is instructions that came with your installed, be sure to secure the child Even if the airbag switch has child restraint to make sure it is restraint properly. turned off the front outboard compatible with this vehicle. Keep in mind that an unsecured passenger frontal airbag, no Child restraints and booster seats child restraint can move around in a system is fail-safe. No one can vary considerably in size, and some collision or sudden stop and injure guarantee that an airbag will not may fit in certain seating positions people in the vehicle. Be sure to deploy under some unusual better than others. Always make properly secure any child restraint in sure the child restraint is properly circumstance, even though it is your vehicle — even when no child turned off. secured. is in it. (Continued) Depending on where you place the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors and recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle. (LATCH System) booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or The LATCH system secures a child properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors restraint during driving or in a crash. with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether LATCH attachments on the child lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint, Lower Anchors vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this designed to make installation of a manual. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top seats can be properly installed tether and anchor. using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can the vehicle s safety belts. Do not ’ be used until the combined weight use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing Lower anchors (1) are metal bars alone instead of the LATCH child seat. built into the vehicle. There are two anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH Booster seats use the vehicle s ’ combined weight is more than seating position that will safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with the booster seat. If the manufacturer lower attachments (2). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of Second, Third, and Fourth Row restraint. the child restraint to the vehicle. with Three-Passenger Seat A top tether anchor is built into the i vehicle. The top tether (Top Tether Anchor): Seating attachment (2) on the child restraint positions with top tether anchors. connects to the top tether anchor in j (Lower Anchor): Seating the vehicle in order to reduce the positions with two lower anchors. forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in See the information following for a crash. installing a child restraint with a top tether in the second, third, and fourth row center positions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Do not install three child restraints in If the vehicle is equipped with a the same row at the same time and four-passenger fourth- or fifth-row never install two top tethers using seat, it does not have upper or the same top tether anchor. lower anchors. If a child restraint is placed in the four-passenger fourth or fifth-row seat, it must be secured using the vehicle safety belts. See “Rear Seat Position” under Securing Child Restraints (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off Switch) on page 3-51 or Securing Child Restraints (Front Seat-Passenger Sensing System) Second, Third, and Fourth Row on page 3-48 or Securing Child with Three-Passenger Restraints (Rear Seat) on page 3-46. Seat — Passenger Van There are two top tether anchors in Front Passenger Position the second-, third-, and fourth-row i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating three-passenger seats. To install a positions with top tether anchors. child restraint in the rear driver-side seating positions, use anchor The second, third, and fourth row point (1). To install a child restraint with three-passenger seats have in the rear passenger-side seating exposed metal lower anchors in the positions, use anchor point (2). crease between the seatback and To install a child restraint in the rear the seat cushion. center seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-43

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { Warning properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child Restraint on page 3-38 for restraint to a single anchor could additional information. cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the System risk of serious or fatal injuries Front Passenger Position during a crash, attach only one { Warning child restraint per anchor. There is a top tether anchor for the front passenger position with a front If a LATCH-type child restraint is passenger seat. The anchor is at not attached to anchors, the child the rear of the seat cushion on the restraint will not be able to protect { Warning right front passenger seat. the child correctly. In a crash, the Children can be seriously injured Do not secure a child restraint in a child could be seriously injured or or strangled if a shoulder belt is position without a top tether anchor killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck and if a national or local law requires restraint properly using the the safety belt continues to that the top tether be attached, or if anchors, or use the vehicle safety tighten. Buckle any unused safety the instructions that come with the belts to secure the restraint, belts behind the child restraint so child restraint say that the top tether following the instructions that children cannot reach them. Pull must be attached. came with the child restraint and the shoulder belt all the way out the instructions in this manual. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-44 Seats and Restraints

If you need to secure more than one 1.1. Find the lower anchors for Warning (Continued) child restraint in the rear seat, see the desired seating Where to Put the Restraint on position. of the retractor to set the lock, page 3-38. if the vehicle has one, after the 1.2. Put the child restraint on child restraint has been installed. This system is designed to make the seat. the installation of child restraints 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower easier. When using lower anchors, attachments on the child do not use the vehicle's safety belts. restraint to the lower { Caution Instead, use the vehicle's anchors anchors. and child restraint attachments to Do not let the LATCH secure the restraints. Some 2. If the child restraint manufacturer attachments rub against the restraints also use another vehicle recommends that the top tether vehicle’s safety belts. This may anchor to secure a top tether. be attached, attach and tighten damage these parts. If necessary, the top tether to the top tether 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchor, if equipped. Refer to the move buckled safety belts to attachments to the lower avoid rubbing the LATCH child restraint instructions and anchors. If the child restraint the following steps: attachments. does not have lower Do not fold the empty rear seat attachments or the desired 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. with a safety belt buckled. This seating position does not have 2.2. For the second, third, and could damage the safety belt or lower anchors, secure the child fourth row with the seat. Unbuckle and return the restraint with the top tether and three-passenger seats only, safety belt to its stowed position, the safety belts. Refer to your in the rear driver-side child restraint manufacturer before folding the seat. seating positions, use instructions and the instructions anchor point (1). For the in this manual. rear passenger-side seating positions, use anchor point (2). For the center Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-45

seating positions, use If the position you are using anchor point (2). Never has an integrated headrest install two top tethers using or head restraint and you the same top tether anchor. are using a dual tether, 2.3. Route and tighten the top route the tether around the tether according to your headrest or head restraint. child restraint instructions and the following instructions: If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback.

If the position you are using If the position you are using does not have a headrest has an integrated headrest or head restraint and you or head restraint and you are using a single tether, are using a single tether, route the tether over the route the tether over the seatback. headrest or head restraint. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-46 Seats and Restraints

grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a Children (LATCH System) on move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts page 3-40 for top tether anchor and forth. There should be no may be needed. locations. more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be Do not secure a child seat in a movement for proper installation. necessary even if the LATCH position without a top tether anchor system was not being used at the if a national or local law requires Replacing LATCH System time of the crash. that the top tether be anchored, or if Parts After a Crash the instructions that come with the Securing Child Restraints child restraint say that the top strap { Warning (Rear Seat) must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that When securing a child restraint in a A crash can damage the LATCH forward-facing child restraints have rear seating position, study the system in the vehicle. A damaged a top tether, and that the tether be instructions that came with the child LATCH system may not properly attached. secure the child restraint, restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint does not have resulting in serious injury or even the LATCH system, you will be If the child restraint has the LATCH death in a crash. To help make using the safety belt to secure the system, see Lower Anchors and sure the LATCH system is child restraint in this position. Tethers for Children (LATCH working properly after a crash, Be sure to follow the instructions System) on page 3-40 for how and see your dealer to have the that came with the child restraint. where to install the child restraint system inspected and any Secure the child in the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is necessary replacements made as when and as the instructions say. soon as possible. secured in the vehicle using a safety belt and it uses a top tether, If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 3-38. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-47

1. Put the child restraint on the seat. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat could be quickly unbuckled if Steps 4 and 5. necessary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-48 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint { Warning manufacturer's instructions (Front Seat-Passenger regarding the use of the top Sensing System) A child in a rear-facing child tether. See Lower Anchors and restraint can be seriously injured This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat or killed if the right front Tethers for Children (LATCH is a safer place to secure a System) on page 3-40 for more passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint. See because the back of the information. Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would 7. Before placing a child in the page 3-38. be very close to the inflating child restraint, make sure it is On vehicles with a passenger airbag. A child in a forward-facing securely held in place. To check, sensing system, the system is child restraint can be seriously grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the right front safety belt path and attempt to injured or killed if the right front passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the move it side to side and back certain conditions. See Passenger and forth. When the child passenger seat is in a forward Sensing System on page 3-25 and position. restraint is properly installed, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator there should be no more than on page 5-17 for more information, Even if the passenger sensing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. including important safety system has turned off the right To remove the child restraint, information. front passenger frontal airbag, no unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Never put a rear-facing child seat in system is fail-safe. No one can let it return to the stowed position. the front. This is because the risk to guarantee that an airbag will not If the top tether is attached to a top the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual tether anchor, disconnect it. if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (49,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-49

using LATCH. If a child restraint is 1. Move the seat as far back as it Warning (Continued) secured using a safety belt and it will go before securing the uses a top tether, see Lower forward-facing child restraint. Secure rear-facing child restraints Anchors and Tethers for Children in a rear seat, even if the airbag When the passenger sensing (LATCH System) on page 3-40 for system has turned off the right is off. If you secure a top tether anchor locations. forward-facing child restraint in front passenger frontal airbag, the right front seat, always move Do not secure a child seat in a the off indicator on the the front passenger seat as far position without a top tether anchor passenger airbag status if a national or local law requires indicator should light and stay lit back as it will go. It is better to that the top tether be anchored, or if when the vehicle is started. See secure the child restraint in a the instructions that come with the Passenger Airbag Status rear seat. child restraint say that the top strap Indicator on page 5-17. See Passenger Sensing System must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on on page 3-25 for additional In Canada, the law requires that the seat. information. forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions of If the vehicle does not have a rear attached. the vehicle's safety belt through seat that will accommodate a You will be using the lap-shoulder or around the restraint. The child rear-facing child restraint, a belt to secure the child restraint in restraint instructions will show rear-facing child restraint should not this position. Follow the instructions you how. be installed in the vehicle, even if that came with the child restraint. the airbag is off. If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3-40 for how and where to install the child restraint Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (50,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-50 Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (51,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-51

7. If the vehicle does not have a Child Restraint” under Passenger Never put a rear-facing child seat in rear seat and the child restraint Sensing System on page 3-25 for the front. This is because the risk to has a top tether, follow the child more information. the rear-facing child is so great, restraint manufacturer's To remove the child restraint, if the airbag deploys. instructions regarding the use of unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the top tether. See Lower let it return to the stowed position. { Warning Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on If the top tether is attached to a top A child in a rear-facing child page 3-40 for more information. tether anchor, disconnect it. restraint can be seriously injured 8. Before placing a child in the or killed if the front outboard child restraint, make sure it is Securing Child Restraints passenger airbag inflates. This is securely held in place. To check, (Front Seat-Airbag On/Off because the back of the grasp the child restraint at the Switch) rear-facing child restraint would safety belt path and attempt to be very close to the inflating move it side to side and back This vehicle has airbags. A rear airbag. A child in a forward-facing and forth. When the child seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint can be seriously restraint is properly installed, forward-facing child restraint. See injured or killed if the front Where to Put the Restraint on there should be no more than outboard passenger airbag page 3-38. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. inflates and the passenger seat is If the airbag is off, the off indicator in On vehicles with an airbag on/off in a forward position. the passenger airbag status switch, you can use this feature to turn off the right front passenger Even if the airbag switch has indicator will come on and stay on turned off the front outboard when the vehicle is started. frontal airbag. The switch is located on the instrument panel. See Airbag passenger frontal airbag, no If the child restraint has been On-Off Switch on page 3-22 for system is fail-safe. No one can installed and the on indicator is lit, more information, including guarantee that an airbag will not see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a important safety information. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (52,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-52 Seats and Restraints

secured using a safety belt and it Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children deploy under some unusual passenger airbag could inflate (LATCH System) on page 3-40 for circumstance, even though it is even though the airbag on-off top tether anchor locations. turned off. switch is turned off. Do not secure a child seat in a Secure rear-facing child restraints To help avoid injury to yourself or position without a top tether anchor in a rear seat, even if the airbag others, have the vehicle serviced if a national or local law requires is off. If you secure a right away. See Airbag Readiness that the top tether be anchored, or if forward-facing child restraint in Light on page 5-15 for more the instructions that come with the the front outboard seat, always information, including important child restraint say that the top strap move the front passenger seat as safety information. must be anchored. far back as it will go. It is better to In Canada, the law requires that secure the child restraint in a If the vehicle does not have a rear forward-facing child restraints have rear seat. seat that will accommodate a a top tether, and that the tether be rear-facing child restraint, a attached. rear-facing child restraint should not You will be using the lap-shoulder { Warning be installed in the vehicle, even if belt to secure the child restraint in the airbag is off. this position. Follow the instructions If the airbag readiness light ever If the child restraint has the LATCH that came with the child restraint. comes on and stays on, it means system, see Lower Anchors and that something may be wrong Tethers for Children (LATCH with the airbag system. For System) on page 3-40 for how and example, the right front where to install the child restraint (Continued) using LATCH. If a child restraint is Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (53,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Seats and Restraints 3-53

1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. If you have no other choice but to install a rear-facing child restraint in this seat, make sure the airbag is off once the child restraint has been installed. When the airbag off switch has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator in the airbag off light should light and stay lit when the 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way vehicle is started. See Airbag buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the On-Off Light on page 5-16. Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but 2. Put the child restraint on not pulled out of the retractor. the seat. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (54,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

3-54 Seats and Restraints

7. If the vehicle does not have a the child restraint from the vehicle rear seat and the child restraint unless the person who will be sitting has a top tether, follow the child there is a member of a passenger restraint manufacturer's airbag risk group. See Airbag instructions regarding the use of On-Off Switch on page 3-22 for the top tether. See Lower more information, including Anchors and Tethers for important safety information. Children (LATCH System) on page 3-40 for more information. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, 6. To tighten the belt, push down grasp the child restraint at the on the child restraint, pull the safety belt path and attempt to shoulder portion of the belt to move it side to side and back tighten the lap portion of the belt, and forth. When the child and feed the shoulder belt back restraint is properly installed, into the retractor. When installing there should be no more than a forward-facing child restraint, it 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. may be helpful to use your knee To remove the child restraint, to push down on the child unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and restraint as you tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat If you turned the airbag off with the Steps 5 and 6. switch, turn on the right front passenger airbag when you remove Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 { Warning Front Storage ...... 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Front Storage This vehicle may have a front storage compartment. It is located at the center of the instrument panel extension, by the floor. To open the compartment, pull up on the latch. The compartment will open automatically. Storage compartments may also be included on the inside of each front door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

4-2 Storage

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments and Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-30 Controls Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-15 Battery Voltage and Charging Airbag On-Off Light ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-31 Passenger Airbag Status Brake System Messages . . . . 5-31 Controls Indicator ...... 5-17 Compass Messages ...... 5-31 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-31 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Malfunction Engine Cooling System Horn ...... 5-3 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Messages ...... 5-32 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Brake System Warning Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-33 Compass ...... 5-4 Light ...... 5-21 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-33 Clock ...... 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Fuel System Messages ...... 5-33 Power Outlets ...... 5-7 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-34 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Lamp Messages ...... 5-34 Ashtrays ...... 5-8 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-22 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Messages ...... 5-34 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23 Indicators Ride Control System Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-35 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-36 Indicators ...... 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Security Messages ...... 5-36 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Security Light ...... 5-25 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-36 Speedometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Tire Messages ...... 5-37 Odometer ...... 5-11 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-25 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-38 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Vehicle Reminder Fuel Gauge ...... 5-11 Information Displays Messages ...... 5-39 Engine Oil Pressure Driver Information Gauge ...... 5-12 Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Vehicle Personalization Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-39 Gauge ...... 5-13 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel an iPod® or USB device. Also press while driving. to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Adjustment Radio To select preset or favorite radio stations: Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset or favorite. CD To select tracks on a CD: Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous track. If available, some audio controls Selecting Tracks on an iPod or For vehicles with a tilt steering can be adjusted at the steering USB Device wheel, the lever is located on the wheel. left side of the steering column. 1. Press and hold w or c / x w (Next): Press to go to the next while listening to a song until the To adjust the steering wheel: favorite radio station, track on a CD, ® contents of the current folder 1. Pull the lever to move the or folder on an iPod or USB display on the radio display. steering wheel up or down into a device. comfortable position. c / x (Previous/End): Press to 2. Release the lever to lock the go to the previous favorite radio steering wheel in place. station, track on a CD, or folder on Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-3

2. Press and release or / For vehicles with Bluetooth or + e : Press to increase volume. w c x ® to scroll up or down the list, then OnStar systems, press and hold for longer than two seconds to − e : Press to decrease volume. press and hold , or press to w ¨ interact with those systems. See play the highlighted track. Bluetooth on page 7-22 and OnStar, Horn Navigating Folders on an iPod or if equipped. Press the horn symbol in the middle USB Device SRCE (Source/Voice of the steering wheel to sound 1. Press and hold w or c / x Recognition): Press to switch the horn. while listening to a song until the between the radio and CD, and for contents of the current folder equipped vehicles, the front Windshield Wiper/Washer display on the radio display. auxiliary. ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next 2. Press and hold c / x to go radio station while in AM, FM, back to the previous folder list. or SiriusXM®. 3. Press and release w or c / x For vehicles with a CD Player or to scroll up or down the list. USB port: . To select a folder, press Press ¨ to go to the next track or The windshield wiper control is on and hold , or press chapter while sourced to the CD. w ¨ the turn signal lever on the left side when the folder is of the steering wheel. highlighted. Press ¨ to select a track or a folder when navigating folders on an iPod Turn the band with N on it to select . To go back further in the or USB device. folder list, press and hold the wiper speed. While listening to a CD, press and c / x. 8 (Mist): Use for a single wipe. hold to quickly move forward / (Push to Talk): Press to ¨ Hold the band on z , then release. b g through the tracks. Release to stop silence the vehicle speakers only. For several wipes, hold the band on on the desired track. Press again to turn the sound on. z longer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-4 Instruments and Controls

6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): Use compass is not set to the zone to adjust the delay time between { Warning where you live, the compass may wipes. Turn the band up for more give false readings. The compass In freezing weather, do not use must be set to the variance zone in frequent wipes or down for less the washer until the windshield is frequent wipes. which the vehicle is traveling. warmed. Otherwise the washer d (Low Speed): Slow wipes. fluid can form ice on the To adjust for compass variance, use the following procedure: a (High Speed): Fast wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. Compass Variance (Zone) 9 (Off): Use to turn the wipers off. Procedure When driving during the day and the Compass 1. Do not set the compass zone wipers are activated, the head This vehicle may have a compass in when the vehicle is moving. Only lamps automatically turn on after the Driver Information Center (DIC). set it when the vehicle is in completing eight wipe cycles. Compass Zone P (Park). Clear ice and snow from the wiper T V blades before using them. If frozen Your dealer will set the correct zone Press until PRESS TO to the windshield, carefully loosen or for your location. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE thaw them. Damaged blades should Under certain circumstances, such displays. be replaced. as during a long distance cross-country trip or moving to a Windshield Washer new state or province, it will be The windshield wiper paddle is on necessary to compensate for top of the turn signal lever. compass variance by resetting the L (Washer Fluid): Push the zone through the DIC if the zone is paddle to spray washer fluid on the not set correctly. windshield. The wipers will clear the Compass variance is the difference window and then either stop or between the earth's magnetic north return to the preset speed. and true geographic north. If the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-5

5. If calibration is necessary, note pad holder, or any other calibrate the compass. See magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, “Compass Calibration move the magnetic item, then turn Procedure” following. on the vehicle and calibrate the compass. Compass Calibration To calibrate the compass, use the The compass can be manually following procedure: calibrated. Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean Compass Calibration Procedure and safe location, such as an open 1. Before calibrating the compass, parking lot, where driving the make sure the compass zone is vehicle in circles is not a danger. set to the variance zone in which It is suggested to calibrate away the vehicle is located. See 2. Find the vehicle's current from tall buildings, utility wires, “Compass Variance (Zone) location and variance zone manhole covers, or other industrial number on the map. Procedure” earlier in this structures, if possible. section. Zones 1 through 15 are If CAL should ever appear in the available. Do not operate any switches DIC display, the compass should be such as window, climate 3. Press V to scroll through and calibrated. controls, seats, etc. during the select the appropriate If the DIC display does not show a calibration procedure. variance zone. heading, for example, N for North, 2. Press T until PRESS V TO 3 or the heading does not change 4. Press until the vehicle after making turns, there may be a CALIBRATE COMPASS heading, for example, N for strong magnetic field interfering with displays. North, is displayed in the DIC. the compass. Such interference 3. Press V to start the compass may be caused by a magnetic CB or calibration. cell phone antenna mount, a magnetic emergency light, magnetic Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-6 Instruments and Controls

4. The DIC will display AM-FM Radio after five seconds and the CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN current time displayed is To set the time: CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in automatically set. tight circles at less than 8 km/h H 1. Press until the hour begins Radio with CD/MP3 (5 mph) to complete the flashing on the display. Press calibration. The DIC will display this button a second time and To set the time and date: CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a the minutes begin flashing on 1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, few seconds when the display. calibration is complete. The DIC DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, display will then return to Press H a third time and the day, and year) displays. PRESS V TO CALIBRATE 12HR or 24HR time format 2. Press the softkey under any one COMPASS. begins flashing. of the tabs to be changed. Every 2. While either the hour or the time the softkey is pressed Clock minutes are flashing, turn the f again, the time or the date if selected, increases by one. The clock can be set with either the knob, on the upper right side of radio turned on or off. the radio, clockwise or Another way to increase the time counterclockwise to increase or or date, is to press ¨ SEEK or decrease the time. While the \ FWD (forward). 12HR or 24HR time format is f 3. To decrease, press © SEEK or flashing, turn the knob f clockwise or counterclockwise to s REV. Turn the knob, on select the default time settings. the upper right side of the radio, to adjust the selected setting. 3. Press H again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time; otherwise, the flashing stops Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Changing the Time and Date Power Outlets Default Settings { Warning The accessory power outlets can be To change the time or date default used to plug in electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the settings: such as a cell phone or an MP3 outlets. Do not leave electrical 1. Press H and then the softkey player. equipment plugged in when the under the forward arrow that is The vehicle may have two vehicle is not in use because the currently displayed on the radio accessory power outlets on the vehicle could catch fire and cause screen until the time 12H (hour) instrument panel. injury or death. and 24H (hour), and the date Remove the cover to access and MM/DD (month and day) and replace when not in use. DD/MM (day and month) are { Caution displayed. Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the accessory Leaving electrical equipment 2. Press the softkey under the power outlet and could overload plugged in for an extended period desired option. vehicle or adapter fuses. If a of time while the vehicle is off will 3. Press H again to apply the problem is experienced, see your dealer. drain the battery. Always unplug selected default, or let the electrical equipment when not in screen time out. use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 amp rating.

When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment on page 9-59. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Ashtrays { Caution { Caution If equipped with a removable Hanging heavy equipment from Holding a cigarette lighter in while ashtray, it can be placed into the the power outlet can cause it is heating does not let the front floor console cupholder. Open damage not covered by the lighter back away from the cover to use. vehicle warranty. The power heating element when it is hot. outlets are designed for Damage from overheating can { Caution accessory power plugs only, such occur to the lighter or heating as cell phone charge cords. element, or a fuse could be If papers, pins, or other blown. Do not hold a cigarette flammable items are put in the lighter in while it is heating. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other Cigarette Lighter smoking materials could ignite If equipped with a cigarette lighter, them and possibly damage the to heat push it in all the way and let vehicle. Never put flammable go. When it is ready for use, it will items in the ashtray. pop back out by itself. Do not use the lighter to plug in accessory devices. Use the power outlets provided. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice. signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous. to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English 4‐Speed Version Shown, 6‐Speed and Metric Similar Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-11

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The trip odometer can show how far the vehicle has been driven since Speedometer the trip odometer was last set to zero. The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed in either kilometers Press the 3 Driver Information per hour (km/h) or miles per Center (DIC) button to display the hour (mph). trip odometer and the regular odometer information. Odometer See Driver Information Center (DIC) The odometer shows how far the on page 5-25 for more information vehicle has been driven, in either on resetting the trip odometer. kilometers or miles. To display the odometer reading Metric This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant with the ignition off, press 3. odometer. The digital odometer will read 999,999 if it is turned back. If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, it must be set to the mileage total of the old odometer. If that is not possible, then it must be set at zero and a label must be put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed. English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-12 Instruments and Controls

The fuel gauge, when the ignition is . The gauge moves a little while Engine Oil Pressure turning a corner or speeding up. on, indicates how much fuel is left in Gauge the vehicle fuel tank. . The gauge does not go back to An arrow on the fuel gauge empty when the ignition is indicates the side of the vehicle the turned off. fuel door is on. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, The gauge first indicates empty see the Duramax diesel before the vehicle is out of fuel, and supplement. the fuel tank should be refueled soon. Listed are four situations customers might experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the gas station, the fuel pump Metric shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the fuel gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Engine Coolant { Caution Temperature Gauge Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating English range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. The oil pressure gauge shows the Always follow the maintenance engine oil pressure in psi (pounds schedule for changing engine oil. Metric per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals) when the engine is running. Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range. A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or other problem causing low oil pressure. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-14 Instruments and Controls

See Engine Overheating on Readings in the low warning zone page 10-22. may occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating Voltmeter Gauge in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum English power. This gauge shows the engine The vehicle can be only driven for a coolant temperature. short time with the reading in either warning zone. If it must be driven, It also provides an indicator of how turn off all unnecessary hard the vehicle is working. During a accessories. majority of the operation, the gauge When the engine is not running, but will read 100°C (210°F) or less. the ignition is on, this gauge shows Readings in either warning zone If the vehicle is pulling a load or the battery's state of charge in indicate a possible problem in the going up hills, it is normal for the DC volts. electrical system. Have the vehicle temperature to fluctuate and When the engine is running, the serviced as soon as possible. approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. gauge shows the condition of the If the gauge reaches the 125°C charging system. Readings between (260°F) mark, it indicates that the the low and high warning zones cooling system is working beyond indicate the normal operating range. its capacity. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt If the passenger safety belt is Reminder Light buckled, neither the chime nor the Driver Safety Belt Reminder light comes on. Light There may be a passenger safety belt reminder light near the The front passenger safety belt There is a driver safety belt passenger airbag status indicator. warning light and chime may turn on reminder light on the instrument See Passenger Sensing System on if an object is put on the seat such cluster. page 3-25. as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the warning light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt. Airbag Readiness Light When the vehicle is started this light For vehicles equipped with the This light shows if there is an flashes and a chime may come on passenger safety belt warning light, electrical problem with the airbag to remind the driver to fasten their when the vehicle is started this light system. The system check includes safety belt. Then the light stays on flashes and a chime may come on the airbag sensor(s), passenger solid until the belt is buckled. This to remind passengers to fasten their sensing system (if equipped), the cycle may continue several times if safety belt. Then the light stays on pretensioners (if equipped), the the driver remains or becomes solid until the belt is buckled. This airbag modules, the wiring, and the unbuckled while the vehicle is cycle continues several times if the crash sensing and diagnostic moving. passenger remains or becomes module. For more information on the If the driver safety belt is buckled, unbuckled while the vehicle is airbag system, see Airbag System neither the light nor the chime moving. on page 3-16. comes on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. See Airbag System Messages on page 5-36.

The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light for several seconds when the When the right front passenger vehicle is started. If the light does airbag is manually turned off using not come on then, have it fixed the airbag on-off switch on the immediately. instrument panel, if equipped, the indicator light OFF or the off symbol { Warning will come on and stay on as a United States reminder that the airbag has been If the airbag readiness light stays turned off. This light will go off when on after the vehicle is started or the airbag has been turned on. See comes on while driving, it means Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-22 the airbag system might not be for more information, including working properly. The airbags in important safety information. the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.

Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Passenger Airbag Status { Warning { Warning Indicator If the right front passenger airbag If the airbag readiness light ever If the vehicle has a passenger is turned off for a person who is comes on and stays on, it means sensing system, the instrument not in a risk group identified by that something may be wrong panel will have a passenger airbag the national government, that with the airbag system. For status indicator. See Passenger person will not have the extra example, the right front Sensing System on page 3-25 for protection of an airbag. In a passenger airbag could inflate important safety information. crash, the airbag will not be able even though the airbag on-off to inflate and help protect the switch is turned off. person sitting there. To help avoid injury to yourself or Do not turn off the passenger others, have the vehicle serviced airbag unless the person sitting right away. See Airbag Readiness there is in a risk group identified Light on page 5-15 for more by the national government. See information, including important United States Airbag On-Off Switch on safety information. page 3-22 for more on this, including important safety If the word ON or the on symbol is information. lit, it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3-22 for more Canada and Mexico information, including important safety information. When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol for on and off, for several seconds Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-18 Instruments and Controls

as a system check. Then, after If it does not, have the vehicle several more seconds, the status { Warning serviced by your dealer. indicator will light either ON or OFF, The light should go out once the or either the on or off symbol to let If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on, you know the status of the right front or comes on while driving, there passenger frontal airbag. that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the If the word ON or the on symbol is avoid injury to yourself or others, charging system. A charging system lit on the passenger airbag status have the vehicle serviced right message in the Driver Information indicator, it means that the right Center (DIC) can also appear. See away. See Airbag Readiness front passenger frontal airbag is Battery Voltage and Charging Light on page 5-15 for more enabled, and may inflate. Messages on page 5-31 for more information, including important information. This light could indicate If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information. lit on the airbag status indicator, it that there are problems with a means that the passenger sensing generator drive belt, or that there is system has turned off the right front Charging System Light an electrical problem. Have it passenger frontal airbag. checked right away. If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with If, after several seconds, both status the light on, turn off accessories, indicator lights remain on, or if there such as the radio and air are no lights at all, there may be a conditioner. problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service. This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START, but the engine is not running, as a check to show it is working. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is { Caution Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage Modifications made to the engine, (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system also transmission, exhaust, intake, Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in or fuel system of the vehicle or of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any the replacement of the original are at acceptable levels, helping to malfunction. tires with other than those of the maintain a clean environment. The same Tire Performance Criteria malfunction indicator lamp comes { Caution (TPC) can affect the vehicle's on when the vehicle is placed in emission controls and can cause ON/RUN, as a check to show it is If the vehicle is continually driven this light to come on. working. If it does not, have the with this light on, the emission Modifications to these systems vehicle serviced by your dealer. See controls might not work as well, could lead to costly repairs not Ignition Positions on page 9-15. the vehicle fuel economy might covered by the vehicle warranty. not be as good, and the engine This could also result in a failure might not run as smoothly. This to pass a required Emission could lead to costly repairs that Inspection/Maintenance test. See might not be covered by the Accessories and Modifications on vehicle warranty. page 10-3.

This light comes on during a If the malfunction indicator lamp malfunction in one of two ways: comes on while the engine is running, this indicates that the OBD Light Flashing: A misfire condition II system has detected a problem has been detected. A misfire and diagnosis and service might be increases vehicle emissions and required. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-20 Instruments and Controls

could damage the emission control The following may correct an If one or more of these conditions system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission control system occurs, change the fuel brand used. and service might be required. malfunction: It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on See Recommended Fuel on page 9-45. The diagnostic page 9-43. . Reduce vehicle speed. system can determine if the fuel If none of the above have made the . Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or light turn off, your dealer can check . Avoid steep uphill grades. improperly installed. A loose or the vehicle. The dealer has the missing fuel cap allows fuel to . If towing a trailer, reduce the proper test equipment and evaporate into the atmosphere. diagnostic tools to fix any amount of cargo being hauled as A few driving trips with the cap soon as it is possible. mechanical or electrical problems properly installed should turn the that might have developed. If the light continues to flash, find a light off. safe place to stop and park the . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs least 10 seconds, and restart the the engine not to run as Depending on where you live, your engine. If the light is still flashing, efficiently as designed and may vehicle may be required to follow the previous steps and see cause stalling after start-up, participate in an emission control your dealer for service as soon as stalling when the vehicle is system inspection and maintenance possible. changed into gear, misfiring, program. For the inspection, the Light On Steady: An emission hesitation on acceleration, emission system test equipment will control system malfunction has or stumbling on acceleration. likely connect to the vehicle's Data been detected on the vehicle. These conditions might go away Link Connector (DLC). Diagnosis and service might be once the engine is warmed up. required. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-21

happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down. The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving. This can take several days of routine driving. Metric English The DLC is under the instrument If this has been done and the panel to the left of the steering vehicle still does not pass the This light should come on briefly wheel. See your dealer if assistance inspection for lack of OBD II when ignition key is turned to ON/ is needed. system readiness, your dealer RUN. If it does not come on, have it The vehicle may not pass can prepare the vehicle for fixed so it will be ready to warn if inspection if: inspection. there is a problem. . The malfunction indicator lamp is When the ignition is on, the brake on with the engine running, or if Brake System Warning system warning light also comes on the light does not come on when Light when the parking brake is set. See the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Parking Brake on page 9-32 for The vehicle brake system consists while the engine is off. See your more information. The light stays on of two hydraulic circuits. If one dealer for assistance in verifying if the parking brake does not fully circuit is not working, the remaining proper operation of the release. If it stays on after the circuit can still work to stop the malfunction indicator lamp. parking brake is fully released, it vehicle. For normal braking means the vehicle has a brake . The OBD II (On-Board performance, both circuits need to problem. Diagnostics) system determines be working. that critical emission control If the light comes on while driving, If the warning light comes on, there systems have not been pull off the road and stop carefully. could be a brake problem. Have the completely diagnosed. The The pedal might be harder to push, brake system inspected right away. vehicle would be considered not or the pedal might go closer to the ready for inspection. This can floor. It could take longer to stop. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the light is still on, have the For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Tow/Haul Mode Light vehicle towed for service. See System (ABS), this light comes on Towing the Vehicle on page 10-83. briefly when the engine is started. If it does not, have the vehicle { Warning serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the The brake system might not be indicator light then goes off. working properly if the brake system warning light is on. If the ABS light stays on, turn the ignition off. If the light comes on For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Driving with the brake system Mode feature, this light comes on warning light on can lead to a while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition when the Tow/Haul Mode has been crash. If the light is still on after off. Then start the engine again to activated. the vehicle has been pulled off reset the system. If the ABS light See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-30. the road and carefully stopped, stays on, or comes on again while have the vehicle towed for driving, the vehicle needs service. StabiliTrak® OFF Light service. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has Antilock Brake System brakes, but not antilock brakes. If the regular brake system warning (ABS) Warning Light light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5-21. This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-23

This light comes on when the If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure StabiliTrak system is turned off. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is Control System (TCS) is also off. the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, If the light is on and not flashing, the about tire pressures and the TPMS. the system does not assist in TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak When the Light Is On Steady controlling the vehicle. Turn on the system have been disabled. A DIC TCS and the StabiliTrak systems message may display. Check the This indicates that one or more of and the warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which the tires are significantly underinflated. See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning Stability Control on page 9-33. and whether the vehicle requires A Driver Information Center (DIC) service. tire pressure message may also If the indicator/warning light is on display. See Tire Messages on Traction Control System page 5-37. Stop as soon as (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and flashing, the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system is actively possible, and inflate the tires to the working. pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See See Traction Control/Electronic Tire Pressure on page 10-55. Stability Control on page 9-33. When the Light Flashes First and Tire Pressure Light Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute This light comes on briefly when the and then stays on, there may be a engine is started. problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10-57. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Light Low Fuel Warning Light

{ Caution

Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine This light should come on briefly as oil low can also damage the the engine is started. If it does not engine. The repairs would not be come on, have the vehicle serviced covered by the vehicle warranty. by your dealer. Check the oil level as soon as If the light comes on and stays on, it possible. Add oil if required, but if means that oil is not flowing through the oil level is within the operating the engine properly. The vehicle range and the oil pressure is still could be low on oil and might have English Shown, Metric Similar low, have the vehicle serviced. some other system problem. See This light comes on for a few Always follow the maintenance your dealer. seconds when the ignition is turned schedule for changing engine oil. on as a check to indicate it is working. If it does not come on, have it fixed. The low fuel warning light comes on and a chime sounds when the vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added to the fuel tank. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5-25. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Security Light High-Beam On Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) This vehicle has a DIC. All messages will appear in the DIC display at the bottom of the The security light should come on This light comes on when the instrument cluster. The DIC buttons briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. are on the instrument panel, next to does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the instrument cluster. serviced by your dealer. If the Changer on page 6-2. system is working normally, the The DIC comes on when the ignition indicator light turns off. is on. After a short delay, the DIC Cruise Control Light will display the information that was If the light stays on and the engine last displayed before the engine does not start, there could be a was turned off. problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation The DIC displays trip, fuel, and on page 2-11. vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system problem is detected. If the vehicle has these features, the This light comes on when the cruise DIC also displays the compass control is set. direction and the outside air This light goes out when the cruise temperature when viewing the trip control is canceled. See Cruise and fuel information. The compass Control on page 9-35. direction appears on the top right Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-26 Instruments and Controls

corner of the DIC display. The DIC Buttons Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), outside air temperature engine hours, Tire Pressure Monitor automatically appears in the bottom System (TPMS) programming for right corner of the DIC display. vehicles with the TPMS and without If there is a problem with the system a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) that controls the temperature transmitter, and compass zone and display, the numbers will be compass calibration on vehicles replaced with dashes. If this occurs, with this feature. have the vehicle serviced by your U (Customization): Press this dealer. button to customize the feature If the vehicle has a diesel engine, settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle see the Duramax diesel Personalization on page 5-39 for supplement. more information. V (Set/Reset): Press this button to DIC Operation and Displays The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle set or reset certain functions and to information, customization, and set/ The DIC has different displays turn off or acknowledge messages reset buttons. The button functions which can be accessed by pressing on the DIC. the DIC buttons on the instrument are detailed in the following pages. panel, next to the instrument cluster. 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button to display the odometer, trip odometers, fuel range, average economy, fuel used, timer, average speed, and digital tachometer. T (Vehicle Information): Press this button to display the oil life, rear park assist, units, tire pressure readings for vehicles with the Tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Trip/Fuel Menu Items The trip odometer has a feature If the retro-active reset feature is called the retro-active reset. This activated after the vehicle is started, 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button can be used to set the trip odometer but before it begins moving, the to scroll through the following menu to the number of kilometers (miles) display will show the number of items: driven since the ignition was last kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that Odometer turned on. This can be used if the were driven during the last ignition trip odometer is not reset at the cycle. Press 3 until XX km (mi) beginning of the trip. displays. This display shows the Fuel Range To use the retro-active reset feature, distance the vehicle has been Press 3 until FUEL RANGE driven in either kilometers (km) or press and hold V for at least displays. This display shows the miles (mi). four seconds. The trip odometer will display the number of approximate number of remaining Trip Odometers kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven without Press 3 until A or B displays. since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was moving. Once refueling. The display will show This display shows the current LOW if the fuel level is low. distance traveled in either the vehicle begins moving, the trip kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since odometer will accumulate mileage. The fuel range estimate is based on the last reset for each trip odometer. For example, if the vehicle was an average of the fuel economy Both trip odometers can be used at driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is over recent driving history and the the same time. started again, and then the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel retro-active reset feature is tank. This estimate will change if Each trip odometer can be reset to activated, the display will show 8 km driving conditions change. For zero separately by pressing V while (5 miles). As the vehicle begins example, if driving in traffic and the desired trip odometer is moving, the display will then making frequent stops, this display displayed. increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles), may read one number, but if the 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. vehicle is driven on a freeway, the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-28 Instruments and Controls

fuel tank. This is because different Fuel Used To reset the timer to zero, press and driving conditions produce different 3 hold V while TIMER is displayed. fuel economies. Generally, freeway Press until FUEL USED driving produces better fuel displays. This display shows the Average Speed economy than city driving. number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used since the last reset of Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED If the vehicle is low on fuel, the this menu item. To reset the fuel displays. This display shows the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be used information, press and hold V average speed of the vehicle in displayed. See “FUEL LEVEL LOW” while FUEL USED is displayed. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles under Fuel System Messages on per hour (mph). This average is page 5-33 for more information. Timer calculated based on the various Average Economy 3 vehicle speeds recorded since the Press until TIMER displays. last reset of this value. To reset the This display can be used as a timer. Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY value, press and hold V. The displays. This display shows the To start the timer, press V while display will return to zero. approximate average liters per TIMER is displayed. The display will Digital Tachometer 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles show the amount of time that has per gallon (mpg). This number is passed since the timer was last Press 3 until calculated based on the number of reset, not including time the ignition Tachometer ##00 RPM displays. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the is off. Time will continue to be This display shows the engine last time this menu item was reset. counted as long as the ignition is speed in revolutions per To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and on, even if another display is being minute (RPM). hold V. The display will return shown on the DIC. The timer will to zero. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes Blank Display and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after This display shows no information. which the display will return to zero. To stop the timer, press V briefly while TIMER is displayed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Vehicle Information Menu oil life, additional maintenance is DIC will display the PARK ASSIST Items recommended in the Maintenance OFF message as a reminder that T Schedule in this manual. See the system has been turned off. See (Vehicle Information): Press Maintenance Schedule on Object Detection System Messages this button to scroll through the page 11-3 for more information. on page 5-34 and Ultrasonic following menu items: Remember, you must reset the OIL Parking Assist on page 9-38. Oil Life LIFE yourself after each oil change. Units Press T until OIL LIFE It will not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Press T until UNITS displays. This REMAINING displays. This display accidentally at any time other than display allows you to select between shows an estimate of the oil's when the oil has just been changed. metric or English units of remaining useful life. If you see It cannot be reset accurately until measurement. Once in this display, 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the the next oil change. To reset the V display, that means 99% of the press to select between METRIC engine oil life system, see Engine current oil life remains. The engine or ENGLISH units. Oil Life System on page 10-10. oil life system will alert you to Tire Pressure change the oil on a schedule Park Assist consistent with your driving If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic conditions. Monitor System (TPMS), the Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, pressure for each tire can be viewed When the remaining oil life is low, press T until PARK ASSIST in the DIC. The tire pressure will be the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON displays. This display allows the shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or message will appear on the display. system to be turned on or off. Once pounds per square inch (psi). Press See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” in this display, press to select T until the DIC displays FRONT under Engine Oil Messages on between ON or OFF. The URPA TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## page 5-33. You should change the system automatically turns back on RIGHT ##. Press T again until the oil as soon as possible. See Engine after each vehicle start. When the DIC displays REAR TIRES Oil on page 10-7. In addition to the URPA system is turned off and the PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. engine oil life system monitoring the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park), the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-30 Instruments and Controls

If a low tire pressure condition is tire positions. To re-learn the tire Vehicle Messages detected by the system while positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor driving, a message advising you to System on page 10-56. See Tire Messages displayed on the DIC check the pressure in a specific tire Inspection on page 10-61, Tire indicate the status of the vehicle or will appear in the display. See Tire Rotation on page 10-61 and Tire some action may be needed to Pressure on page 10-55 and Tire Messages on page 5-37 for more correct a condition. Multiple Messages on page 5-37 for more information. messages may appear one after information. another. Change Compass Zone If the tire pressure display shows The messages that do not require dashes instead of a value, there The vehicle may have this feature. immediate action can be may be a problem with the vehicle. To change the compass zone acknowledged and cleared by through the DIC, see Compass on If this consistently occurs, see your pressing V (Set/Reset). dealer for service. page 5-4. The messages that require Calibrate Compass Engine Hours immediate action cannot be cleared T The vehicle may have this feature. until that action is performed. Press until ENGINE HOURS The compass can be manually All messages should be taken displays. This display shows the calibrated. To calibrate the compass seriously and clearing the message total number of hours the engine through the DIC, see Compass on does not correct the problem. has run. page 5-4. Relearn Tire Positions The following are the possible Blank Display messages and some information The vehicle may have this display. This display shows no information. about them. To access this display, the vehicle must be in P (Park). If the vehicle If the vehicle has a diesel engine, has the Tire Pressure Monitor see the Duramax diesel System (TPMS), after rotating the supplement. tires or after replacing a tire or sensor, the system must re-learn the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Battery Voltage and and turn off the vehicle. Restart the Door Ajar Messages vehicle and check for the message Charging Messages on the DIC display. If the message CARGO DOOR OPEN SERVICE BATTERY is still displayed or appears again This message displays and a chime CHARGING SYSTEM when you begin driving, the brake sounds if the cargo door is open system needs service as soon as while the ignition is in ON/RUN. On some vehicles, this message possible. See your dealer. displays if there is a problem with Turn off the vehicle and check the cargo door. Restart the vehicle and the battery charging system. Under Compass Messages certain conditions, the charging check for the message on the DIC system light may also turn on in the CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN display. instrument cluster. See Charging CIRCLES DRIVER DOOR OPEN System Light on page 5-18. Driving with this problem could drain the This message displays when This message displays and a chime battery. Turn off all unnecessary calibrating the compass. Drive the sounds if the driver door is not fully accessories. Have the electrical vehicle in circles at less than 8 km/h closed and the vehicle is in a drive system checked as soon as (5 mph) to complete the calibration. gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, possible. See your dealer. See Compass on page 5-4 for more check the door for obstructions, and information. close the door again. Check to see Brake System Messages if the message still appears on CALIBRATION COMPLETE the DIC. SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays when the compass calibration is complete. LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays along with See Compass on page 5-4 for more On some vehicles, this message the brake system warning light if information. displays and a chime sounds if the there is a problem with the brake driver side rear door is not fully system. See Brake System Warning closed and the vehicle is in a drive Light on page 5-21. If this message gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, appears, stop as soon as possible check the door for obstructions, and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-32 Instruments and Controls

close the door again. Check to see Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE if the message still appears on ENGINE the DIC. Messages This message displays when the PASSENGER DOOR OPEN ENGINE HOT A/C (Air engine coolant temperature is too Conditioning) OFF hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to This message displays and a chime idle until it cools down. See Engine sounds if the passenger door is not This message displays when the Coolant Temperature Gauge on fully closed and the vehicle is in a engine coolant becomes hotter than page 5-13. drive gear. Stop and turn off the the normal operating temperature. vehicle, check the door for See Engine Coolant Temperature ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Gauge on page 5-13. To avoid obstructions, and close the door ENGINE again. Check to see if the message added strain on a hot engine, the air still appears on the DIC. conditioning compressor This message displays and a chime automatically turns off. When the sounds if the engine cooling system RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN coolant temperature returns to reaches unsafe temperatures for On some vehicles, this message normal, the air conditioning operation. Stop and turn off the displays and a chime sounds if the compressor turns back on. You can vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so passenger side rear door is not fully continue to drive the vehicle. to avoid severe damage. This closed and the vehicle is in a drive If this message continues to appear, message clears when the engine gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle, have the system repaired by your has cooled to a safe operating check the door for obstructions, and dealer as soon as possible to avoid temperature. close the door again. Check to see damage to the engine. if the message still appears on the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP This message also displays when ENGINE the engine power is reduced. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Reduced engine power can affect This message displays if low oil This message displays when the the vehicle's ability to accelerate. pressure levels occur. Stop the If this message is on, but there is no engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle as soon as safely possible When you change the engine oil, be reduction in performance, proceed and do not operate it until the cause to your destination. The sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE of the low oil pressure has been OIL SOON message. See Engine performance may be reduced the corrected. Check the oil as soon as next time the vehicle is driven. The Oil Life System on page 10-10 for possible and have the vehicle information on how to reset the vehicle may be driven at a reduced serviced by your dealer. See Engine speed while this message is on, but message. See Engine Oil on Oil on page 10-7. page 10-7 and Maintenance acceleration and speed may be Schedule on page 11-3. reduced. Anytime this message Engine Power Messages stays on, the vehicle should be ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. If the vehicle has an oil level sensor, This message displays and a chime this message displays if the oil level sounds when the cooling system Fuel System Messages in the vehicle is low. Check the oil temperature gets too hot and the level and correct it as necessary. engine further enters the engine FUEL LEVEL LOW You may need to let the vehicle cool coolant protection mode. See or warm up and cycle the ignition to This message displays and a chime Engine Overheating on page 10-22 sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel be sure this message clears. See for further information. Engine Oil on page 10-7. as soon as possible. See Fuel Gauge on page 5-11 and Fuel on page 9-42 for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-34 Instruments and Controls

TIGHTEN GAS CAP Lamp Messages Object Detection System This message may display along AUTOMATIC LIGHT Messages with the check engine light on the CONTROL OFF instrument cluster if the fuel cap is PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE not tightened properly. See This message displays when the OWNERS MANUAL Malfunction Indicator Lamp on automatic headlamps are turned off. This message displays if there is page 5-19. Reinstall the fuel cap See Exterior Lamp Controls on something interfering with the park fully. See Filling the Tank on page 6-1. assist system. See Ultrasonic page 9-45. The diagnostic system Parking Assist on page 9-38. can determine if the fuel cap has AUTOMATIC LIGHT been left off or improperly installed. CONTROL ON PARK ASSIST OFF A loose or missing fuel cap allows This message displays when the After the vehicle has been started, fuel to evaporate into the automatic headlamps are turned on. this message displays to remind the atmosphere. A few driving trips with See Exterior Lamp Controls on driver that the URPA system has the cap properly installed should page 6-1. been turned off. Press the set/reset turn this light and message off. TURN SIGNAL ON button or the trip odometer reset stem to acknowledge this message Key and Lock Messages This message displays and a chime and clear it from the DIC display. To sounds if a turn signal is left on for REPLACE BATTERY IN turn the URPA system back on, see 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn Ultrasonic Parking Assist on REMOTE KEY signal lever to the off position. page 9-38. This message displays if a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter battery is low. The battery needs to be replaced in the transmitter. See “Battery Replacement” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2-2. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-35

SERVICE PARK ASSIST SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX This message displays if there is a CONTROL STABILITRAK XX problem with the Ultrasonic Rear If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do message displays when there is a message displays when the traction not use this system to help you problem with the Traction Control control and/or StabiliTrak systems park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist System (TCS). When this message have been turned on or off. Adjust on page 9-38. See your dealer for displays, the system will not limit your driving accordingly. To limit service. wheel spin. Adjust your driving wheel spin and realize the full accordingly. See your dealer for benefits of the stability Ride Control System service. See Traction Control/ enhancement system, you should Messages Electronic Stability Control on normally leave StabiliTrak on. page 9-33. However, you should turn SERVICE STABILITRAK StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets STABILITRAK INITIALIZING stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow If the vehicle has StabiliTrak® and and you want to rock the vehicle to this message displays, it means If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this attempt to free it, or if you are there may be a problem with the message may display until first driving in extreme off-road StabiliTrak system. If you see this driving the vehicle and exceeding conditions and require more wheel message, try to reset the system. 40 km/h (25 mph) for two minutes. spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on Stop; turn off the engine for at least The StabiliTrak system is not page 9-9. To turn the StabiliTrak 15 seconds; then start the engine functional until this message has system on or off, see Traction again. If this message still comes turned off. See Traction Control/ Control/Electronic Stability Control on, it means there is a problem. You Electronic Stability Control on on page 9-33. should see your dealer for service. page 9-33. The vehicle is safe to drive, however, you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce your speed and drive accordingly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-36 Instruments and Controls

STABILITRAK OFF may also The message turns off as soon as WAIT TO START display when the stability control the conditions that caused the This message displays briefly when has been automatically disabled. message to be displayed are no the theft-deterrent system has There are several conditions that longer present. initially found incorrect conditions can cause this message to appear. within the vehicle and is making a . One condition is overheating, Airbag System Messages double check. If your vehicle does which could occur if StabiliTrak SERVICE AIR BAG not start soon after, try to start it activates continuously for an again. If it still does not start, have extended period of time. This message displays if there is a your vehicle serviced by your problem with the airbag system. . The message also displays if the dealer. Have your dealer inspect the brake system warning light is on. system for problems. See Airbag See Brake System Warning Service Vehicle Messages Readiness Light on page 5-15 and Light on page 5-21. Airbag System on page 3-16 for SERVICE A/C SYSTEM . The message could display if the more information. stability system takes longer This message displays when the than usual to complete its Security Messages electronic sensors that control the diagnostic checks due to driving air conditioning and heating conditions. SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT systems are no longer working. SYSTEM Have the climate control system . The message displays if an serviced by your dealer if you notice engine or vehicle related This message displays when there a drop in heating and air problem has been detected and is a problem with the theft-deterrent conditioning efficiency. the vehicle needs service. See system. The vehicle may or may not your dealer. restart so you may want to take the SERVICE VEHICLE SOON vehicle to your dealer before turning This message displays when a off the engine. See Immobilizer non-emissions related malfunction Operation on page 2-11 for more occurs. Have the vehicle serviced information. by your dealer as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-37

STARTING DISABLED receive more than one tire pressure to appear. See Tire Pressure SERVICE THROTTLE message at a time. To read the Monitor Operation on page 10-57 for other messages that may have been more information. If the warning This message displays if the starting sent at the same time, press the set/ comes on and stays on, there may of the engine is disabled due to the reset button. If a tire pressure be a problem with the TPMS. See electronic throttle control system. message appears on the DIC, stop your dealer. Have the vehicle serviced by your as soon as you can. Have the tire dealer immediately. pressures checked and set to those TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message only appears while shown on the Tire Loading If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will Information label. See Tires on Monitor System (TPMS), this not disappear until the problem is page 10-46, Vehicle Load Limits on message displays when the system resolved. page 9-10, and Tire Pressure on is re-learning the tire positions on page 10-55. The DIC also shows This message cannot be the vehicle. See Driver Information the tire pressure values. See Driver acknowledged. Center (DIC) on page 5-25 for more Information Center (DIC) on information. The tire positions must page 5-25. be re-learned after rotating the tires Tire Messages or after replacing a tire or sensor. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR See Tire Inspection on page 10-61, CHECK TIRE PRESSURE or SYSTEM TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Tire Rotation on page 10-61, Tire If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Pressure Monitor Operation on If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this page 10-57, and Tire Pressure on Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays if a part on the page 10-55 for more information. message displays when the system is not working properly. The pressure in one or more of the tires tire pressure light also flashes and is low. The low tire pressure warning then remains on during the same light will also come on. See Tire ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Pressure Light on page 5-23. This Light on page 5-23. Several message will also indicate which tire conditions may cause this message needs to be checked. You can Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Transmission Messages GRADE BRAKING ON TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE GRADE BRAKING DISABLED This message displays when the grade braking has been activated This message displays when the while driving on downhill grades. { Caution grade braking has been disabled This message will only appear the with the Tow/Haul Mode button on first time the feature is activated in Do not drive the vehicle while the the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul transmission fluid is overheating, Haul Mode on page 9-30, Automatic Mode on page 9-30, Automatic or the transmission can be Transmission (Six Speed) on Transmission (Six Speed) on damaged. This could lead to page 9-23 or Automatic page 9-23 or Automatic costly repairs that would not be Transmission (Four Speed) on Transmission (Four Speed) on covered by the warranty. page 9-26, and Cruise Control on page 9-26, and Cruise Control on page 9-35. page 9-35. This message displays along with a GRADE BRAKING ENABLED SERVICE TRANSMISSION chime if the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the This message displays when the This message displays when there transmission fluid temperature high grade braking has been enabled is a problem with the transmission. with the Tow/Haul Mode button on can cause damage to the vehicle. See your dealer for service. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ allow the transmission to cool. This Haul Mode on page 9-30, Automatic Transmission (Six Speed) on message clears and the chime page 9-23 or Automatic stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Transmission (Four Speed) on page 9-26, and Cruise Control on page 9-35. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Vehicle Reminder Vehicle Entering the Feature Messages Personalization Settings Menu 1. Turn the ignition on and place ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE This vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). WITH CARE customization capabilities that allow To avoid excessive drain on the This message displays when the you to program certain features to one preferred setting. Customization battery, it is recommended that outside air temperature is cold the headlamps are turned off. enough to create icy road features can only be programmed to conditions. Adjust your driving one setting on the vehicle and 2. Press U to enter the feature accordingly. cannot be programmed to a settings menu. preferred setting for two different drivers. If the menu is not available, FEATURE SETTINGS All of the customization options may AVAILABLE IN PARK will not be available on your vehicle. display. Before entering the Only the options available will be menu, make sure the vehicle is displayed on the DIC. in P (Park). The default settings for the customization features were set when the vehicle left the factory, but may have been changed from their default state since then. The customization preferences are automatically recalled. To change customization preferences, use the following procedure. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Feature Settings Menu Items Press U until the LANGUAGE Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK The following are customization screen appears on the DIC display. appears on the DIC display. Press features that allow you to program Press V once to access the settings V once to access the settings for U settings to the vehicle: for this feature. Then press U to this feature. Then press to scroll through the following settings: DISPLAY IN ENGLISH scroll through the following settings: SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): This feature will only display if a ENGLISH (default): All messages The doors will automatically lock language other than English has will appear in English. when the vehicle is shifted out of been set. This feature allows you to FRANCAIS: All messages will P (Park). change the language in which the appear in French. DIC messages appear to English. AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors ESPANOL: All messages will U V will automatically lock when the Press until the PRESS TO appear in Spanish. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen ARABIC: All messages will appear (8 mph) for three seconds. appears on the DIC display. Press in Arabic. the set/reset button once to display NO CHANGE: No change will be all DIC messages in English. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current made to this feature. The current setting will remain. LANGUAGE setting will remain. To select a setting, press V while This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press V while the desired setting is displayed on language in which the DIC the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. messages will appear. the DIC. A beep will sound once a AUTO DOOR UNLOCK language has been selected. This feature allows you to select AUTO DOOR LOCK whether or not to turn off the This feature allows you to select automatic door unlocking feature. when the doors will automatically lock. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-41

It also allows you to select which NO CHANGE: No change will be LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps doors and when the doors will made to this feature. The current will flash when you press Q on the automatically unlock. setting will remain. RKE transmitter. Press U until AUTO DOOR To select a setting, press V while HORN ONLY: The horn will sound UNLOCK appears on the DIC the desired setting is displayed on on the second press of Q on the display. Press V once to access the the DIC. RKE transmitter. settings for this feature. Then press U REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN & LIGHTS (default): The to scroll through the following exterior lamps will flash when you settings: This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive press Q on the RKE transmitter, and OFF: None of the doors will when locking the vehicle with the the horn will sound when is automatically unlock. Q Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) pressed again within five seconds of DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the transmitter. You will not receive the previous command. driver door will unlock when the key feedback when locking the vehicle is taken out of the ignition. with the RKE transmitter if the doors NO CHANGE: No change will be are open. See Remote Keyless made to this feature. The current DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver Entry (RKE) System Operation on setting will remain. door will unlock when the vehicle is page 2-2 for more information. shifted into P (Park) . To select a setting, press V while U the desired setting is displayed on ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors Press until REMOTE DOOR the DIC. will unlock when the key is taken LOCK appears on the DIC display. out of the ignition. Press V once to access the settings REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default): All of the for this feature. Then press U to This feature allows you to select the doors will unlock when the vehicle is scroll through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive shifted into P (Park). OFF: There will be no feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) when you press on the RKE Q transmitter. You will not receive transmitter. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-42 Instruments and Controls

feedback when unlocking the DELAY DOOR LOCK ON (default): The doors will not vehicle with the RKE transmitter if This feature allows you to select lock until five seconds after the last the doors are open. See Remote whether or not the locking of the door is closed. Keyless Entry (RKE) System doors will be delayed. When locking NO CHANGE: No change will be Operation on page 2-2 for more the doors with the power door lock made to this feature. The current information. switch and a door is open, this setting will remain. U feature will delay locking the doors Press until REMOTE DOOR To select a setting, press V while UNLOCK appears on the DIC until five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes the desired setting is displayed on display. Press V once to access the to signal that the delayed locking the DIC. settings for this feature. Then press U feature is in use. The key must be EXIT LIGHTING to scroll through the following out of the ignition for this feature to settings: work. You can temporarily override This feature allows you to select the LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps delayed locking by pressing the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when it will not flash when you press K on power door lock switch twice or Q is dark enough outside. This the RKE transmitter. on the RKE transmitter twice. See happens after the key is turned from Delayed Locking on page 2-7 for LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. K more information. lamps will flash when you press Press U until EXIT LIGHTING Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK on the RKE transmitter. appears on the DIC display. Press appears on the DIC display. Press NO CHANGE: No change will be V once to access the settings for V once to access the settings for made to this feature. The current this feature. Then press U to scroll this feature. Then press U to scroll setting will remain. through the following settings: through the following settings: To select a setting, press V while OFF: The exterior lamps will not OFF: There will be no delayed the desired setting is displayed on turn on. locking of the vehicle's doors. the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Instruments and Controls 5-43

10 SECONDS (default): The Press U until APPROACH CHIME VOLUME exterior lamps will stay on for LIGHTING appears on the DIC This feature allows you to select the 10 seconds. display. Press V once to access the volume level of the chime. 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will settings for this feature. Then press Press U until CHIME VOLUME stay on for one minute. U to scroll through the following settings: appears on the DIC display. Press 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will V once to access the settings for stay on for two minutes. OFF: The exterior lamps will not this feature. Then press U to scroll NO CHANGE: No change will be turn on when you unlock the vehicle through the following settings: made to this feature. The current with the RKE transmitter. setting will remain. NORMAL: The chime volume will ON (default): If it is dark enough be set to a normal level. outside, the exterior lamps will turn To select a setting, press V while on briefly when you unlock the LOUD: The chime volume will be the desired setting is displayed on vehicle with the RKE transmitter. set to a loud level. the DIC. The lamps will remain on for NO CHANGE: No change will be APPROACH LIGHTING 20 seconds or until Q on the RKE made to this feature. The current This feature allows you to select transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle setting will remain. whether or not to have the exterior is no longer off. See Remote There is no default for chime lamps turn on briefly during low light Keyless Entry (RKE) System volume. The volume will stay at the periods after unlocking the vehicle Operation on page 2-2 for more last known setting. information. using the Remote Keyless V Entry (RKE) transmitter. NO CHANGE: No change will be To select a setting, press while made to this feature. The current the desired setting is displayed on setting will remain. the DIC. To select a setting, press V while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

5-44 Instruments and Controls

FACTORY SETTINGS Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the the customization features back to DIC display. Press V once to exit their factory default settings. the menu. Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS If you do not exit, pressing U will appears on the DIC display. Press return you to the beginning of the V once to access the settings for feature settings menu. this feature. Then press U to scroll through the following settings: Exiting the Feature Settings Menu RESTORE ALL (default): The customization features will be set to The feature settings menu will be their factory default settings. exited when any of the following occurs: DO NOT RESTORE: The customization features will not be . The vehicle is no longer in set to their factory default settings. ON/RUN. To select a setting, press V while . The 3 or T DIC buttons are the desired setting is displayed on pressed. the DIC. . The end of the feature settings EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS menu is reached and exited. This feature allows you to exit the . A 40 second time period has feature settings menu. elapsed with no selection made. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Lighting 6-1

Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Lighting turns the exterior lamps on and off, Exterior Lamp Controls depending on outside lighting. Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 parking lamps including all lamps, Exterior Lamps Off except the headlamps. Reminder ...... 6-2 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Headlamp High/Low-Beam headlamps together with the parking Changer ...... 6-2 lamps and instrument panel lights. Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Daytime Running If the headlamps are turned on Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 while the vehicle is on, the Automatic Headlamp headlamps turn off automatically System ...... 6-3 10 minutes after the ignition is The exterior lamp control is on the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 turned off. If the headlamps are instrument panel to the left of the Turn and Lane-Change turned on while the vehicle is off, steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-4 the headlamps will continue to stay There are four positions: on. To prevent the battery from Interior Lighting being drained, turn the control to the O (Off): Briefly turn the control to Instrument Panel Illumination O position. Control ...... 6-5 this position to turn the automatic Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 headlamps and Daytime Running A warning chime sounds if the driver Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Lamps (DRL) off or back on. door is opened while the ignition switch is off and the headlamps For vehicles first sold in Canada, Lighting Features are on. the off position only works for Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 vehicles that are shifted into the Battery Load Management . . . . 6-6 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-7 P (Park) position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

6-2 Lighting

To change the headlamps from low Headlamp High/ Release the lever to turn the beam to high beam, pull the turn high-beam headlamps off. signal lever all the way toward you. Low-Beam Changer Then release it. 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam Daytime Running Changer): Pull the turn signal lever Lamps (DRL) Exterior Lamps Off all the way toward you to change Reminder the headlamps from low to high DRL can make it easier for others to beam. Then release it. see the front of the vehicle during If a door is open, a reminder chime the day. Fully functional DRL are sounds when the headlamps or required on all vehicles first sold in parking lamps are manually turned Canada. on and the key is out of the ignition. The DRL system comes on in To turn off the chime, turn the daylight when the following headlamp switch to O or AUTO and conditions are met: then back on, or close and re‐open . The ignition is on. the door. In the auto mode, the This instrument cluster light comes headlamps turn off once the ignition on when the high-beam headlamps . The exterior lamp control is in is in LOCK/OFF or may remain on are on. the AUTO position. until the headlamp delay ends, . The shift lever is not in P (Park). if enabled in the Driver Information Flash-to-Pass Center (DIC). See “Exit Lighting” . The light sensor determines it is under Vehicle Personalization on This feature is used to signal to the daytime. vehicle ahead that you want page 5-39. When the DRL are on, the taillamps, to pass. sidemarker, instrument panel lights, If the headlamps are off or in the and other lamps will not be on. low‐beam position, pull the turn signal lever toward you to momentarily switch to high beams. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Lighting 6-3

The automatic headlamp system in the P (Park) position, before the system. The DRL and automatic automatically switches from DRL to automatic headlamp system can be headlamp system are only affected the headlamps depending on the turned off. when the light sensor sees a darkness of the surroundings. change in lighting lasting longer To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior than the delay. lamp control to O and then release If the vehicle is started in a dark it. For vehicles first sold in Canada, garage, the automatic headlamp the transmission must be in the system comes on immediately. P (Park) position, before the DRL Once the vehicle leaves the garage, can be turned off. it takes approximately 30 seconds for the automatic headlamp system Automatic Headlamp to change to DRL if it is light outside. During that delay, the System The vehicle has a light sensor on instrument cluster may not be as the top of the instrument panel. Do When it is dark enough outside and bright as usual. Make sure the not cover the sensor; otherwise the the headlamp switch is in AUTO, instrument panel brightness control system will come on whenever the the automatic headlamp system is in the full bright position. See ignition is on. turns on the headlamps, along with Instrument Panel Illumination the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, The system may also turn on the Control on page 6-5. parking lamps, and the instrument headlamps when driving through a Lights On with Wipers panel lights. The radio lights will parking garage or tunnel. If the windshield wipers are also be dim. There is a delay in the transition activated in daylight with the engine between the daytime and nighttime To turn off the automatic headlamp on, and the exterior lamp control is operation of the Daytime Running system, turn the exterior lamp in AUTO, the headlamps, parking Lamps (DRL) and the automatic control to the off position and then lamps, and other exterior lamps headlamp system so that driving release. For vehicles first sold in come on. The transition time for the under bridges or bright overhead Canada, the transmission must be lamps coming on varies based on street lights does not affect the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

6-4 Lighting

wiper speed. When the wipers are When the hazard warning flashers one second causes the turn signals not operating, these lamps turn off. are on, the vehicle's turn signals will to flash continually until the lever is Move the exterior lamp control to P not work. released. or ; to disable this feature. The lever returns to its starting Turn and Lane-Change position when released. Hazard Warning Flashers Signals If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 10-40. G (Turn Signals): An arrow on Turn Signal On Chime the instrument cluster flashes in the If the turn signal is left on for more direction of the turn or lane change. than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime To signal a turn, move the lever all sounds at each flash of the turn the way up or down. signal and the message TURN To signal a lane change, raise or SIGNAL ON also appears in the | (Hazard Warning Flashers): Driver Information Center (DIC). See Press this button to make the front lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash. The turn signal Lamp Messages on page 5-34. To and rear turn signal lamps flash on turn off the chime and message, and off. This warns others that you automatically flashes three times and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it move the turn signal lever to the off are having trouble. Press again to position. turn the flashers off. flashes six times. Holding the turn signal lever for more than Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Lighting 6-5

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps The dome lamps come on when any Instrument Panel door is opened. They turn off after Illumination Control all the doors are closed. The knob for this feature is to the The instrument panel brightness left of the steering column. knob extends when D is pressed. To manually turn on the dome lamps, press D then turn the knob clockwise to the farthest position. In this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened or closed. The dome lamp override sets the dome lamps to remain off or come Dome Lamp Override on automatically when a door is opened. The E DOME OFF button is above the instrument panel E DOME OFF: Press this button brightness knob. in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome D (Instrument Panel Lights): lamps come on when a door is Push the knob to extend and then opened. turn clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights and the radio display. This only works if the headlamps or parking lamps are on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

6-6 Lighting

Reading Lamps Lighting Features has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage display on the Driver Information For vehicles with reading lamps, Center (DIC), you may see the press the button next to each lamp Entry/Exit Lighting voltage move up or down. This is to turn it on or off. The vehicle has an illuminated normal. If there is a problem, an The vehicle may also have reading entry/exit feature. alert will be displayed. lamps in other locations. The lamps E The battery can be discharged at cannot be adjusted. The dome lamps come on if the DOME OFF button is in the idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. extended position, when a door is This is because the generator opened, or the key is removed from (alternator) may not be spinning fast the ignition. enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high Battery Load electrical loads. Management A high electrical load occurs when The vehicle may have Electric several of the following are on, such Power Management (EPM) that as: headlamps, high beams, fog estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Lighting 6-7

generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message might be displayed, such as SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. If this messages displays, it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5-31. Battery Power Protection This feature shuts off the dome lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent the battery from running down. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

6-8 Lighting

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-1

Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the Infotainment road while driving, do the following System Infotainment while the vehicle is parked: . Become familiar with the If the vehicle came without a radio, operation and controls of the Introduction the wiring provisions for a radio and audio system. Infotainment ...... 7-1 an antenna were installed at the . Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 assembly plant, so that if you want, Set up the tone, speaker Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 7-3 a radio can be installed at the adjustments, and preset radio Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-5 dealer. stations. Operation ...... 7-6 Determine which radio the vehicle For more information, see Defensive Driving on page 9-3. Radio has and read the following pages to AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 become familiar with its features. Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 { Caution Radio Reception ...... 7-11 { Warning Contact your dealer before adding Fixed Mast Antenna (Multi-Band) ...... 7-12 Taking your eyes off the road for any equipment. Fixed Mast extended periods could cause a Adding audio or communication Antenna (Care) ...... 7-12 crash resulting in injury or death equipment could interfere with the to you or others. Do not give Audio Players operation of the engine, radio, extended attention to infotainment or other systems, and could CD Player ...... 7-12 tasks while driving. Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-17 damage them. Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and Phone This system provides access to telephone equipment. Bluetooth ...... 7-22 many audio and non-audio listings. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-2 Infotainment System

Theft-Deterrent Feature { Caution The theft-deterrent feature works by The chime signals related to learning a portion of the Vehicle safety belts, parking brake, and Identification Number (VIN) to the other functions of the vehicle infotainment system. The operate through the radio/ infotainment system does not entertainment system. If that operate if it is stolen or moved to a equipment is replaced or different vehicle. additional equipment is added to the vehicle, the chimes may not work. Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with the vehicle before installing it. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10-3.

The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-20 for more information. Navigation/Radio System For vehicles with a navigation radio system, see the navigation manual. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (AM-FM Radio) 1. 4 (Information) . Press to show information on the current station or track. 2. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 3. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. 4. BAND . Press to scroll through the available bands AM, FM, or XM if equipped. Overview (AM-FM Radio) 5. © SEEK . Seeks the previous station. 6. ¨ SEEK . Seeks the next station. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-4 Infotainment System

7. P (Power/Volume) . Press to turn the infotainment system on or off. . Turn to adjust the volume. 8. H (Clock) . Press to set the clock. 9. EQ (Equalizer) . Press to adjust the equalizer settings. 10. x w (Fade/Balance) . Press to set the fade and balance. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD) 1. 4 (Information) . Press to show information on the current station or track. 2. FAV (Favorites Pages) . Press to scroll through the favorite pages. 3. MENU . Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. 4. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 5. EQ (Equalizer) Overview (Radio with CD) . Press to adjust the equalizer. 6. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-6 Infotainment System

7. CAT (Category) 13. s REV (Reverse) Operation . Press to display a list of XM . Press and hold to go Using the Radio categories. backward fast through a O H track. (Power/Volume): Press to turn 8. (Clock) the system on and off. \ . Press to set the clock. 14. FWD (Forward) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 9. BAND . Press and hold to fast to increase or decrease the volume. forward through a track. . Press to scroll through the 4 (Information): Press to switch available bands FM1 FM2, 15. CD/AUX the display between the radio station frequency and the time. AM, or SiriusXM if . Press to scroll through While the ignition is off, press this equipped. selecting the CD or an button to display the time. Press to auxiliary device. 10. © SEEK display additional text information 16. Auxiliary Input Jack (If . Seeks the previous related to the current FM-RDS station. Equipped) station or MP3 song. A choice of . Use to connect external additional information such as 11. ¨ SEEK audio devices. Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. Continue . Seeks the next station. 17. Z EJECT pressing to highlight the desired tab, P or press the softkey under any one 12. (Power/Volume) . Press to eject the of the tabs and the information . loaded CD. Press to turn the about that tab displays. infotainment system on or off. Speed Compensated Volume (SCV): Radios with CD have SCV . Turn to adjust the volume. that automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-7

wind noise as the vehicle speed 2. To adjust the setting, do one of . Press either ¨ SEEK, changes while driving, so that the the following: or © SEEK. volume level stays consistent. . Turn the f knob. To activate SCV: Radio Messages . Press either SEEK, 1. Set the radio volume to the ¨ Calibration Error: The audio desired level. or © SEEK. system has been calibrated for the vehicle from the factory. 2. Press the MENU button to EQ (Equalization): Press this If Calibration Error displays, it display the radio setup menu. button to choose bass and treble means that the radio has not been equalization settings designed for 3. Press the softkey under the configured properly for the vehicle different types of music. Selecting AUTO VOLUM (automatic and it must be returned to your MANUAL, or changing bass or volume) tab on the radio display. dealer for service. treble, returns the EQ to the manual 4. Press the softkey under the bass and treble settings. VIN or NO VIN: One of these desired SCV setting (OFF, Low, messages will display when the Unique EQ settings can be saved Med, or High) to select the level TheftLock system has locked up the for each source. of radio volume compensation. radio. Take the vehicle to your The display times out after Adjusting the Speakers dealer for service. approximately 10 seconds. Each (Balance/Fade) If any error occurs repeatedly or if higher setting allows for more an error cannot be corrected, To adjust the balance or fade: radio volume compensation at contact your dealer. faster vehicle speeds. 1. Press ` or press the f knob Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) until the speaker control tab displays. To adjust the bass or treble: 2. To adjust the setting, do one of 1. Press the f knob until Bass or the following: Treble displays. . Turn the f knob. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-8 Infotainment System

Radio f (Tune): Turn clockwise or strong signal is present, then goes counterclockwise to increase or to the next stored preset. The decrease the station frequency. station frequency flashes while the AM-FM Radio radio is in the scan mode. © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Press © Radio Data System (RDS) SEEK to go to the previous or ¨ Setting Preset Stations The radio may have an RDS. The SEEK to go to the next station and If the radio does not have a FAV RDS feature is available for use stay there. button, up to 18 stations (six FM1, only on FM stations that broadcast To scan stations, press and hold six FM2, and six AM), can be RDS information. This system relies programmed on the six numbered upon receiving specific information either button for two seconds until a beep sounds. The radio goes to a softkeys, by performing the following from these stations and only works steps: when the information is available. station, plays for a few seconds, While the radio is tuned to an then goes to the next station. For 1. Turn the radio on. FM-RDS station, the station name AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, the station frequency flashes while 2. Press BAND to select FM1, or call letters display. In rare cases, FM2, or AM. a radio station could broadcast the radio is in the scan mode. Press incorrect information that causes the either button again to stop scanning. 3. Tune in the desired station. radio features to work improperly. The radio seeks and scans stations 4. Press and hold one of the six If this happens, contact the radio only with a strong signal that are in numbered softkeys for station. the selected band. three seconds until a beep sounds. When that softkey is Finding a Station For AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, scan presets within the current pressed and released, the BAND: Press to switch between selected band by pressing and station that was set, returns. FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. The holding either SEEK button for 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 for each selection displays. four seconds until a double beep softkey. sounds. The radio goes to a stored preset, plays for a few seconds if a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-9

Storing a Radio Station as a To store a station as a favorite: 4. Press the FAV button, or let the Favorite 1. Tune to the desired radio station. menu time out, to return to the original main radio screen You are encouraged to set up radio 2. Press the FAV button to display showing the radio station station favorites while the vehicle is the page where the station is to frequency tabs and to begin the parked. Tune to favorite stations be stored. process of programming using the presets, favorites button, 3. Press and hold one of the favorites for the chosen number and steering wheel controls, of numbered pages. if equipped. See Defensive Driving six softkeys until a beep sounds. on page 9-3. When that softkey is pressed and released, the station that Satellite Radio FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle has was set, returns. ® a FAV button, a maximum of SiriusXM , if equipped, is a satellite 36 stations can be programmed as 4. Repeat the steps for each radio service based in the United favorites using the six softkeys softkey radio station to be stored States and Canada only. as a favorite. below the radio station frequency Finding a Category (CAT) tabs and by using the radio favorites The number of favorites pages can Station page button (FAV button). Press the be set up using the MENU button. FAV button to go through up to To set up the number of favorites CAT (Category): The CAT button is six pages of favorites, each having pages: used to find XM channels (if six favorite stations available per equipped) while the radio is in the 1. Press the MENU button to page. Each page of favorites can XM mode. display the radio setup menu. contain any combination of AM and Finding a Channel FM stations. 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab. BAND: Press to switch between The balance/fade and tone settings FM1, FM2, AM, and XM. The 3. Select the desired number of that were previously adjusted, are selection displays. stored with the favorite stations. favorites pages by pressing the softkey below the displayed page numbers. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-10 Infotainment System

f (Tune): Turn clockwise or to the next stored preset. The Storing a Radio Station as a counterclockwise to increase or station frequency flashes while the Favorite radio is in the scan mode. decrease the station frequency. Drivers are encouraged to set up © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Press © Setting Preset Stations radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite SEEK to go to the previous or ¨ If the radio does not have a FAV stations using the presets, favorites SEEK to go to the next station and button, up to 18 stations (six FM1, button, and steering wheel controls, stay there. six FM2, and six AM), can be if the vehicle has this feature. See programmed on the six numbered To scan stations, press and hold Defensive Driving on page 9-3. either button for two seconds until a softkeys, by performing the following beep sounds. The radio goes to a steps: FAV (Favorites): If the vehicle has a FAV button, a maximum of station, plays for a few seconds, 1. Turn the radio on. then goes to the next station. The 36 stations can be programmed as station frequency flashes while the 2. Press BAND to select FM1, favorites using the six softkeys radio is in the scan mode. Press FM2, or AM. below the radio station frequency either button again to stop scanning. 3. Tune in the desired station. tabs and by using the radio favorites page button (FAV button). Press the The radio seeks and scans stations 4. Press and hold one of the six FAV button to go through up to only with a strong signal that are in numbered softkeys for six pages of favorites, each having the selected band. three seconds until a beep six favorite stations available per To scan presets within the current sounds. When that softkey is page. Each page of favorites can selected band by pressing and pressed and released, the contain any combination of AM and holding either SEEK button for station that was set, returns. FM stations. four seconds until a double beep 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 for each The balance/fade and tone settings sounds. The radio goes to a stored softkey. that were previously adjusted, are preset, plays for a few seconds if a stored with the favorite stations. strong signal is present, then goes Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-11

To store a station as a favorite: 4. Press the FAV button, or let the boost the power levels during the 1. Tune to the desired radio station. menu time out, to return to the day, and then reduce these levels original main radio screen during the night. Static can also 2. Press the FAV button to display showing the radio station occur when things like storms and the page where the station is to frequency tabs and to begin the power lines interfere with radio be stored. process of programming reception. When this happens, try 3. Press and hold one of the favorites for the chosen number reducing the treble on the radio. of numbered pages. six softkeys until a beep sounds. FM Stereo When that softkey is pressed and released, the station that Radio Reception FM stereo gives the best sound, but was set, returns. FM signals reach only about 16 to Frequency interference and static 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or 4. Repeat the steps for each can occur during normal radio hills can interfere with FM signals, reception if items such as cell phone softkey radio station to be stored causing the sound to fade in chargers, vehicle convenience as a favorite. and out. accessories, and external electronic The number of favorites pages can devices are plugged into the be set up using the MENU button. Cellular Phone Usage accessory power outlet. If there is To set up the number of favorites interference or static, unplug the Cellular phone usage may cause pages: interference with the radio. This item from the accessory power 1. Press the MENU button to outlet. interference may occur when display the radio setup menu. making or receiving phone calls, AM charging the phone's battery, 2. Press the softkey below the or simply having the phone on. This FAV 1-6 tab. The range for most AM stations is interference causes an increased greater than for FM, especially at level of static while listening to the 3. Select the desired number of night. The longer range can cause favorites pages by pressing the radio. If static is received while station frequencies to interfere with listening to the radio, unplug the softkey below the displayed each other. For better radio cellular phone and turn it off. page numbers. reception, most AM radio stations Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-12 Infotainment System

Fixed Mast Antenna Fixed Mast Audio Players (Multi-Band) Antenna (Care) The multi-band antenna is on the The fixed mast antenna can CD Player roof of the vehicle. The antenna is withstand most car washes without Care of the CD Player used for the Navigation System, being damaged as long as it is OnStar® and the SiriusXM® Satellite securely attached to the base. If the Do not add any label to a CD. Radio Service System if the vehicle mast becomes slightly bent, It could get caught in the CD. If a has these features. Tall buildings, straighten it out by hand. If the mast CD is recorded on a personal hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels, is badly bent, replace it. computer and a description label is bridges, and garages will affect needed, try labeling the top of the Make sure there is sufficient recorded CD with a marking pen. reception. Keep the antenna clear of clearance when entering garages or obstructions for clear reception. parking structures. The use of CD lens cleaners is not Make sure there is sufficient advised, due to the risk of clearance when entering garages or Occasionally check to make sure contaminating the lens of the CD parking structures. the antenna is tightened to its base. optics with lubricants internal to the If tightening is required, tighten CD player mechanism. by hand. { Caution

If a label is added to a CD, more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While using (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-13

the CD does not play properly or not Playing a CD Caution (Continued) at all. Do not touch the bottom side If the ignition or radio is turned off of a CD while handling it; this could with a CD in the player, it stays in the CD player, use only CDs in damage the surface. Pick up CDs the player. When the ignition or good condition without any label, by the outer edges or the edge of radio is turned on, the CD starts load one CD at a time, and keep the hole and the outer edge. the CD player and the loading slot playing where it stopped, if it was free of foreign materials, liquids, If the surface of a CD is soiled, the last selected audio source. clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or and debris. When a CD is inserted, the CD dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, symbol displays on the left side of neutral detergent solution mixed the radio display. As each new track If an error displays, see “CD Player with water. Make sure the wiping starts to play, the track number Messages” later in this section. process starts from the center to displays. the edge. Care of CDs The CD player can play the smaller If playing a CD-R, the sound quality Inserting a CD 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an can be reduced due to CD-R or Insert a CD partway into the slot, adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the CD-RW quality, the method of label side up. The player pulls it in smaller CDs are loaded in the same recording, the quality of the music and the CD should begin playing. manner. that has been recorded, and the Ejecting a CD CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to way the CD-R or CD-RW has been cycle between CD or Auxiliary when handled. Handle them carefully. Z EJECT: Press and release to listening to the radio. The CD icon Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their eject the disc. Remove the CD and a message showing the disc original cases or other protective when Remove Disc displays. If the and/or track number will display cases and away from direct sunlight disc is not removed, after several when a CD is in the player. Press and dust. The CD player scans the seconds the disc is automatically again and the system automatically bottom surface of the disc. If the pulled back into the player. searches for an auxiliary input surface of a CD is damaged, such as cracked, broken, or scratched, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-14 Infotainment System

device; see Auxiliary Devices on Press and hold, or press multiple Format page 7-17. If a portable audio player times, to continue moving forward Radios that have the capability of is not connected, “No Input Device through the tracks on the CD. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma Found” displays. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold files that were recorded onto a 4 (Information): Press to display to reverse playback quickly within a CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can additional text information related to track. be recorded with the following fixed the current song. If information is \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, available, the song title information and hold to advance playback 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, displays on the top line of the quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, display and artist information 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or displays on the bottom line. When RDM (Random): For Radios with a variable bit rate. information is not available, NO CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in INFO displays. random, rather than sequential Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode order. Discs f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on The radio can play discs that the CD that is currently playing. To use random: contain both uncompressed CD © SEEK: Press to go to the start of 1. Press the softkey under the audio and MP3 files. If both formats the current track if more than RDM tab until Random Current are on the disc, the radio reads all 10 seconds on the CD have played. Disc displays. MP3 files first, then the Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn uncompressed CD audio files. less than 10 seconds on the CD off random play. CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File have played. MP3-Supported Files and Folder Structure Press and hold, or press multiple Radios with CD/MP3 have the The radio supports: times, to continue moving backward capability of playing an MP3 CD-R . through the tracks on the CD. Up to 50 folders. or CD-RW disc. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next . Up to eight folders in depth. track. . Up to 50 playlists. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-15

. Up to 255 files. Tracks are played in the following show parts of words on the last . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl order: page of text, and the extension of the file name is not displayed. extension. . Play begins from the first track in . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda the first playlist and continues Preprogrammed Playlists sequentially through all tracks in file extension. CDs that have preprogrammed each playlist. When the last ® Root Directory track of the last playlist has playlists created using WinAmp , MusicMatch®, or RealPlayer® The root directory is treated as a played, play continues from the first track of the first playlist. software can be accessed; however, folder. Files are stored in the root there is no playlist-editing capability directory when the disc or storage . Play begins from the first track in using the radio. These playlists are device does not contain folders. the first folder and continues treated as special folders containing Files accessed from the root sequentially through all tracks in compressed audio song files. directory of a CD display as each folder. When the last track F1 ROOT. of the last folder has played, Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls file extension and are stored on a Empty Folder play continues from the first track of the first folder. USB device may be supported by Folders that do not contain files are the radio with a USB port. skipped, and the player advances to File System and Naming Playlists can be changed by using the next folder that contains files. The song name that displays is the the softkeys below the S c and Order of Play song name contained in the ID3 tag. c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK If the song name is not present in button, or the SEEK button. An Compressed audio files are the ID3 tag, then the radio displays ¨ accessed in the following order: the file name without the extension MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been recorded without using file folders . (such as .mp3) as the track name. Playlists (Px). can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW . Files stored in the root directory. Track names longer than 32 contains more than the maximum of characters or four pages are . 50 folders, 15 playlists, and Files stored in folders in the root shortened. The display does not directory. 512 folders and files, the player Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-16 Infotainment System

allows access and navigates up to s REV (Reverse): Press and hold To use random: the maximum, but all items over the to reverse playback quickly. Sound 1. Press the softkey under the maximum are not accessible. is heard at a reduced volume and RDM tab until Random Current Playing an MP3 the elapsed time of the file displays. Disc displays. Release s REV to resume playing. 4 (Information): Press to display 2. Press the softkey again to turn additional text information related to \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press off random play. the current song. If information is and hold to advance playback h (Music Navigator): Press the quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced available, the song title information softkey below the h tab to play displays on the top line of the volume and the elapsed time of the the files in order by artist or album. display and artist information file displays. Release \ FWD to displays on the bottom line. When resume playing. The elapsed time of The player scans the disc to sort the information is not available, NO the file displays. files by artist and album ID3 tag INFO displays. S c information. It can take several (Previous Folder): Press minutes to scan the disc depending f (Tune): Turn to select MP3s on the softkey below the S c tab to on the number of files on the disc. the CD currently playing. go to the first track in the previous The radio may begin playing while it © SEEK: Press to go to the start of folder. is scanning in the background. the track, if more than 10 seconds c T (Next Folder): Press the When the scan is finished, the disc have played. Press and hold or c T begins playing files in order by press multiple times to continue softkey below the tab to go to artist. The current artist playing is moving backward through tracks. the first track in the next folder. shown on the second line of the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM (Random): For Radios with display. Once all songs by that artist track. Press and hold or press CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in are played, the player moves to the multiple times to continue moving random, rather than sequential next artist in alphabetical order and forward through tracks. order. begins playing files by that artist. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-17

To listen to files by another artist, To exit music navigator mode, press If the CD is not playing correctly, for press the softkey below either arrow the softkey below the Back tab to any other reason, try a known tab. The disc goes to the next or return to normal MP3 playback. good CD. previous artist in alphabetical order. CD Player Messages If any error occurs repeatedly or if Continue pressing either softkey an error cannot be corrected, below the arrow tab until the desired CHECK DISC: If this message contact your dealer. If the radio artist displays. displays and/or the CD ejects, it displays an error message, write it To change from playback by artist to could be for one of the following down and provide it to your dealer playback by album: reasons: when reporting the problem. 1. Press the softkey below the Sort . It is very hot. When the By tab. temperature returns to normal, Auxiliary Devices the CD should play. 2. Press one of the softkeys below Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the Album tab from the sort . The road is very rough. When Radios with an auxiliary input jack screen. the road becomes smoother, the CD should play. on the lower right side of the 3. Press the softkey below the faceplate can connect to an external Back tab to return to the main . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, audio device such as an iPod®, music navigator screen. or upside down. MP3 player, or CD player, for use as The album name displays on the . The air is very humid. If so, wait another source for audio listening. second line between the arrows, about an hour and try again. This input jack is not an audio output; do not plug headphones into and songs from the current album . There was a problem while the front auxiliary input jack. begin to play. Once all songs from burning the CD. that album have played, the player . The label is caught in the CD moves to the next album in player. alphabetical order on the CD and begins playing MP3s from that album. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-18 Infotainment System

Drivers are encouraged to set up BAND: Press to listen to the radio USB Support any auxiliary device while the when a portable audio device is vehicle is in P (Park). See playing. The portable audio device Defensive Driving on page 9-3 for continues playing. more information on driver CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to distraction. play a CD when a portable audio To use a portable audio player, device is playing. Press again and connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to the system begins playing audio the radio's front auxiliary input jack. from the connected portable audio When a device is connected, press player. If a portable audio player is the radio CD/AUX button to begin not connected, “No Input Device playing audio from the device over Found” displays. the vehicle speakers. Using the USB Port For optimal sound quality, increase If equipped, the USB port is on the the portable audio device's volume Radios with a USB port can control ® instrument panel and uses the to the loudest level. a USB storage device or an iPod using the radio buttons and knobs. USB 2.0 standard. It is always best to power the See “Playing an MP3” in CD Player USB-Supported Devices portable audio device through its on page 7-12 for information about own battery while playing. how to connect and control a USB . USB flash drive O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise storage device or an iPod. . Portable USB hard drive or counterclockwise to increase or . Fifth generation or later iPod decrease the volume of the portable player. Additional volume . iPod nano® adjustments might have to be made . iPod touch® from the portable device if the ® volume is not loud or soft enough. . iPod classic Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-19

Not all iPods and USB drives are . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file The iPod charges while it is compatible with the USB port. extension. connected to the vehicle if the Make sure the iPod has the latest . AAC files stored on an iPod. vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY ® or ON/RUN position. When the firmware from Apple for proper . FAT16. operation. iPod firmware can be vehicle is turned off, the iPod . updated using the latest iTunes® FAT32. automatically powers off and will not application. See www.apple.com/ charge or draw power from the Connecting a USB Storage vehicle's battery. itunes. Device or iPod If you have an older iPod model that For help with identifying the iPod, go The USB port can be used to to www.apple.com/support. is not supported, it can still be used control an iPod or a USB storage by connecting it to the auxiliary Radios that have a USB port can device. input jack using a standard 3.5 mm play.mp3 and .wma files that are To connect a USB storage device, (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the stored on a USB storage device as connect the device to the USB port Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in well as AAC files that are stored on on the instrument panel. this section. an iPod. To connect an iPod, connect one Using the Radio to Control a USB-Supported File and Folder end of the USB cable that came USB Storage Device or iPod Structure with the iPod to the iPod s dock ’ The radio can control a USB connector and connect the other The radio supports: storage device or an iPod using the end to the USB port on the . radio buttons and knobs, and Up to 700 folders. instrument panel. If the vehicle is on display song information on the . Up to eight folders in depth. and the USB connection works, OK “ radio display. to disconnect and a GM logo may . Up to 65,535 files. ” appear on the iPod, and iPod f (Tune): Turn to select files. . Folder and file names up to appears on the radio display. The 64 bytes. iPod music appears on the radio display and begins playing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-20 Infotainment System

© SEEK: Press to go to the start of Using Softkeys to Control a c (Folder View): Press the the track, if more than 10 seconds USB Storage Device or iPod softkey below c to view the have played. Press and hold or The five softkeys below the radio contents of the current folder on the press multiple times to continue display are used to control the USB drive. To browse and select moving backward through tracks. functions listed below. files: SEEK: Press to go to the next ¨ To use the softkeys: 1. Press the softkey below c. track. Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 2. Turn f to scroll through the list below the radio display to forward through tracks. of folders. display the functions listed s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below, or press the softkey 3. Press f to select the desired to reverse playback quickly. Sound below the function if it is is heard at a reduced volume. folder. If there is more then one currently displayed. folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until Release s REV to resume playing. 2. Press the softkey below the tab the desired folder is reached. The elapsed time of the file with the function on it to use that displays. 4. Turn f to scroll through the files function. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press in the selected folder. j (Pause): Press the softkey below and hold to advance playback j to pause the track. The tab 5. Press f to select the desired file quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced appears raised when pause is being to be played. volume. Release \ FWD to used. Press the softkey below j To skip through large lists, the five resume playing. The elapsed time of again to resume playback. softkeys can be used to navigate in the file displays. the following order: Back: Press the softkey below the 4 (Information): Press to display Back tab to go back to the main . First softkey, first item in the list. additional information about the display screen on an iPod, or the selected track. . Second softkey, 1% through the root directory on a USB storage list each time the softkey is device. pressed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-21

. Third softkey, 5% through the list 3. Press f to select the Repeat Functionality each time the softkey is pressed. desired menu. To use Repeat: . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each time the softkey is 4. Turn f to scroll through the Press the softkey below " or ' pressed. folders or files in the to select between Repeat All and selected menu. Repeat Track. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. f (Repeat All): Press the softkey h (Music Navigator): Press the 5. Press to select the desired file " to be played. below to repeat all tracks. The softkey below h to view and " tab appears lowered when Repeat select a file on an iPod, using the To skip through large lists, the five All is being used. This is the default iPod's menu system. Files are softkeys can be used to navigate in mode when a USB storage device sorted by: the following order: or iPod is first connected. . Playlists . First softkey, first item in the list. ' (Repeat Track): Press the . . Second softkey, 1% through the Artists softkey below to repeat one list each time the softkey is ' . Albums pressed. track. The tab appears raised when Repeat Track is being used. . Genres . Third softkey, 5% through the list . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. Shuffle Functionality . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To use Shuffle: To select files: list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, pressed. C h , or = to select between 1. Press the softkey below . . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ 2. Turn f to scroll through the list Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. of menus. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-22 Infotainment System

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. (Shuffle Off): Press the > Phone The system may not work with softkey below 2 to turn shuffle all cell phones. See “Pairing” in off. This is the default mode when a Bluetooth this section for more information. USB storage device or iPod is first connected. For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use 2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the Songs): Press the softkey below C allowing: address book or contact list. See = or to shuffle all songs on “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section the USB storage device or iPod. . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. for more information. C (Shuffle Album): Press the . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ softkey below > to shuffle all address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for songs in the current album on the vehicle. more information. an iPod. To minimize driver distraction, { Warning = (Shuffle Folder): Press the before driving, and with the vehicle softkey below > to shuffle all parked: When using a cell phone, it can songs in the current folder on a USB . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or storage device. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment system. contact lists clearly and delete Taking your eyes off the road too duplicate or rarely used entries. long or too often could cause a If possible, program speed dial crash resulting in injury or death. or other shortcuts. Focus your attention on driving. . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-23

A Bluetooth system can use a When to Speak: A short tone b / g (Push to Talk): Press to Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a sounds after the system responds answer incoming calls, confirm Hands-Free Profile to make and indicating when it is waiting for a system information, and start receive phone calls. The system voice command. Wait until the tone speech recognition. can be used while the key is in the and then speak. ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY c / x (End): Press to end a call, How to Speak: Speak clearly in a reject a call, or cancel an operation. position. The range of the Bluetooth calm and natural voice. system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Pairing Not all phones support all functions, Audio System and not all phones work with the A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See must be paired to the Bluetooth system, sound comes through the www.gm.com/bluetooth for more system and then connected to the vehicle's front audio system information on compatible phones. vehicle before it can be used. See speakers and overrides the audio the cell phone manufacturer's user Voice Recognition system. Use the audio system guide for Bluetooth functions before volume knob, during a call, to pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth The Bluetooth system uses voice change the volume level. The recognition to interpret voice phone is not connected, calls will be adjusted volume level remains in made using OnStar Hands-Free commands to dial phone numbers memory for later calls. To prevent and name tags. Calling, if equipped. See OnStar, missed calls, a minimum volume if equipped. For additional information, say level is used if the volume is turned “Help” while you are in a voice down too low. Pairing Information recognition menu. . Bluetooth Controls A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Noise: Keep interior noise levels to capability cannot be paired to a minimum. The system may not Use the buttons on the steering the vehicle as a phone and an recognize voice commands if there wheel to operate the in-vehicle MP3 player at the same time. Bluetooth system. See Steering is too much background noise. . Up to five cell phones can be Wheel Controls on page 5-2. paired to the Bluetooth system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-24 Infotainment System

. The pairing process is disabled 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Listing All Paired and Connected when the vehicle is moving. with instructions and a four-digit Phones . Pairing only needs to be Personal Identification Number The system can list all cell phones completed once, unless the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is pairing information on the cell 4. Start the pairing process on the also connected to the vehicle, the phone changes or the cell phone cell phone that you want to pair. system responds with “is connected” is deleted from the system. For help with this process, see after that phone name. . the cell phone manufacturer's Only one paired cell phone can 1. Press and hold / for be connected to the Bluetooth user guide. b g two seconds. system at a time. 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say Bluetooth. . If multiple paired cell phones are Vehicle” in the list on the cell “ ” within range of the system, the phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” system connects to the first on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone available paired cell phone in the PIN provided in Step 3. After the order that they were first paired PIN is successfully entered, the If the phone name you want to to the system. To connect to a system prompts you to provide a delete is unknown, see “Listing All different paired phone, see name for the paired cell phone. Paired and Connected Phones.” “Connecting to a Different This name will be used to 1. Press and hold / for Phone” later in this section. indicate which phones are b g paired and connected to the two seconds. Pairing a Phone vehicle. The system responds 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 1. Press and hold b / g for with “ has been successfully paired after the 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks two seconds. ” pairing process is complete. which phone to delete. 2. Say Bluetooth. This command “ ” 6. Repeat Steps 1 5 to pair 4. Say the name of the phone you can be skipped. – additional phones. want to delete. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-25

Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command Numbers To connect to a different cell phone, 1. Press and hold b / g for the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30 two seconds. next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the 2. Say Store. order in which all the available cell Hands-Free Directory that is shared “ ” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar 3. Say the phone number or group which cell phone you want to systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all connect to, you may have to use at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used this command several times. follow the directions given by the to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for 1. Press and hold / for b g Store: This command will store a this number. two seconds. phone number, or a group of Using the Digit Store Command 2. Say “Bluetooth.” numbers as a name tag. “ ” If an unwanted number is 3. Say “Change phone.” Digit Store: This command allows a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is name tag by entering the digits one “Clear” at any time to clear the last found, the response will be at a time. number. “ is now To hear all of the numbers connected.” Delete: This command is used to delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is not “Verify” at any time. found, the original phone Delete All Name Tags: This remains connected. command deletes all stored name 1. Press and hold b / g for tags in the Hands-Free Calling two seconds. Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-26 Infotainment System

3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a that you want to store. After phone number to be dialed by each digit is entered, the system 1. Press and hold b / g for entering the digits one at a time. two seconds. repeats back the digit it heard Re-dial: This command is used to followed by a tone. After the last 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” dial the last number used on the cell digit has been entered, say phone. “Store,” and then follow the Listing Stored Numbers directions given by the system to The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” save a name tag for this number. numbers and name tags. Command Using the “Delete” Command Using the “List” Command 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say the entire number without 2. Say “Delete.” 2. Say “Directory.” pausing, or say the name tag. 3. Say the name tag you want to 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” delete. Once connected, the person called 4. Say “List.” will be heard through the audio Using the “Delete All Name Tags” speakers. Command Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency This command deletes all stored Calls can be made using the name tags in the Hands-Free following commands. 1. Press and hold b / g for Calling Directory and the OnStar Dial or Call: The dial or call two seconds. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” if equipped. interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag. 3. Say “911.” 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-27

Once connected, the person called followed by a tone. After the last Call Waiting will be heard through the audio digit has been entered, Call waiting must be supported on speakers. say Dial. “ ” the cell phone and enabled by the Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called wireless service carrier. will be heard through the audio The digit dial command allows a speakers. . Press b / g to answer an phone number to be dialed by incoming call when another call entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re-dial” Command is active. The original call is After each digit is entered, the placed on hold. system repeats back the digit it 1. Press and hold b / g for heard followed by a tone. two seconds. . Press b / g again to return to If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” the original call. recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called . To ignore the incoming call, no “Clear” at any time to clear the last will be heard through the audio action is required. number. speakers. . Press c / x to disconnect the To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call current call and switch to the call recognized by the system, say on hold. “Verify” at any time. When an incoming call is received, the audio system mutes and a ring Three-Way Calling 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. two seconds. Three-way calling must be . Press b / g to answer the call. supported on the cell phone and 2. Say “Digit Dial.” enabled by the wireless service . 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Press c / x to ignore a call. carrier. that you want to dial. After each 1. While on a call, press / . digit is entered, the system b g repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Three-way call.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-28 Infotainment System

3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and Voice Pass-Thru dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth Voice pass-thru allows access to the to be called. system before a call can be voice recognition commands on the transferred. The connection process 4. Once the call is connected, cell phone. See your cell phone can take up to two minutes after the manufacturer's user guide to see if press b / g to link all callers ignition is turned to ON/RUN. together. the cell phone supports this feature. Transferring Audio from the Ending a Call To access contacts stored in the cell Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone: Press c / x to end a call. During a call with the audio in the vehicle: 1. Press and hold b / g for Muting a Call two seconds. 1. Press b / g. During a call, all sounds from inside 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” can be skipped. person on the other end of the call Transferring Audio to the 3. Say “Voice.” The system cannot hear them. Bluetooth System from a Cell responds “OK, accessing . To mute a call, press b / g , and Phone .” then say “Mute call.” During a call with the audio on the The cell phone's normal prompt messages will go through their cycle . cell phone, press b / g. The audio To cancel mute, press b / g , according to the phone's operating and then say “Un-mute call.” transfers to the vehicle. If the audio does not transfer to the vehicle, use instructions. Transferring a Call the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Audio can be transferred between phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones the Bluetooth system and the cell manufacturer's user guide for more information. The Bluetooth system can send phone. numbers and the numbers stored as name tags during a call. You can Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Infotainment System 7-29

use this feature when calling a Other Information menu-driven phone system. The Bluetooth® word mark and Account numbers can also be logos are owned by the Bluetooth® stored for use. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Sending a Number or Name Tag by General Motors is under license. During a Call Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by See Radio Frequency Statement on a tone. page 13-15. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say the number or name tag to send. Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained indefinitely. This includes all saved name tags in the phone book and phone pairing information. For information on how to delete this information, see the previous section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the previous sections on deleting name tags. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

7-30 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-7

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control Temperature Control: Turn the 2. Temperature Control knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature inside the vehicle. 9 (Fan Control): Turn the knob Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to the knob clockwise or increase or decrease the fan speed. counterclockwise to change the 9 (Off): Turns the system off. current airflow mode. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

8-2 Climate Controls

H (Vent): Air is directed to the 1 (Defrost): This mode clears the instrument panel outlets. windshield of fog or frost more ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided quickly. Air is directed to the between the instrument panel and windshield, with some to the floor floor outlets, with some air directed outlets and front side windows. The toward the windshield. air conditioning compressor might turn on in this setting to dehumidify 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the the air. floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. - (Defog): This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Outside air is directed to the floor and defroster outlets. Adjust the temperature knob for warmer or cooler air. The air conditioning compressor might turn on in this setting to dehumidify the air. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Climate Controls 8-3

It only works when the ignition is in ON/RUN. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. The rear window defogger turns off several minutes after the button is pressed. If turned on again, the defogger will run for several more minutes before turning off. The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine. Vehicles with Air Conditioning Do not drive the vehicle until all the 1. Fan Control # (Air Conditioning): Cools and windows are clear. 2. Temperature Control dehumidifies the air inside of the vehicle. { Caution 3. Air Delivery Mode Control V (Maximum Air Conditioning): Do not use a razor blade or sharp 4. Rear Window Defogger Cools the air inside the vehicle object to clear the inside rear faster, by recirculating the inside air. On hot days, open the windows to window. Do not adhere anything let hot inside air escape; then close Rear Window Defogger to the defogger grid lines in the them. This helps to reduce the time rear glass. These actions may If equipped with a rear window needed for the vehicle to cool down damage the rear defogger. defogger, a warming grid is used to and the system operates more Repairs would not be covered by efficiently. remove fog or frost from the rear window. the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Heating System 9 (Fan): Turn the thumbwheel up Rear Climate Control or down to increase or decrease the If equipped, the rear heating system System amount of heated air sent to the lets you adjust the amount of air rear seating area. If equipped with a rear heating and flowing into the rear of the vehicle, Q air conditioning system, it controls from the front seating area. This (High): This position supplies the the temperature, fan speed, and air feature works with the main climate most amount of heat to the rear delivery for the rear seat control system in the vehicle. seating area. passengers only. The front climate c (Medium): This position control panel is in the overhead supplies half the amount of heat to console between the driver and the rear seating area. front passenger. R (Low): This position supplies the least amount of heat to the rear seating area. 9 (Off): This turns the rear heating system off.

AUX: The thumbwheel for this system is in the instrument panel switchbank below the audio system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Climate Controls 8-5

Front Climate Control Panel

1. Fan Control When the fan knob is in the AUX 2. Air Delivery Mode Control position, the rear climate control panel can be used to adjust the 3. Temperature Control climate settings in the rear Use this control panel to maintain a seating area. separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust the fan speed for the rear seat passenger(s). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

8-6 Climate Controls

9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed in the rear seating area. Temperature Control: Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature in the rear seating area. The air conditioning system on the main climate control panel must be Rear Climate Control Panel turned on to direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle. If it is not on, then the temperature in the rear of 1. Fan Control be in the AUX position. The fan the vehicle remains at cabin speed, air delivery mode, and 2. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature. temperature can then be adjusted. 3. Temperature Control Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn AUX (Auxiliary): Turn the fan knob clockwise or counterclockwise to For vehicles with a rear climate on the front climate control panel to change the direction of the airflow in control panel, it is located overhead AUX to let rear seat passengers use the rear seating area. behind the driver and front the control panel in the rear seating passenger, centered in front of the area. This disables the front control To change the current mode, select second row. To adjust the rear panel. To return control to the front one of the following: climate control panel settings by a panel, move the fan knob out (Vent): Air is directed to the rear seat passenger, the front H of AUX. upper outlets, with some directed to climate control panel fan knob must 9 (Off): Turns the system off. the floor outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Climate Controls 8-7

2 (Floor): Air is directed to the Air Vents floor outlets. Use the outlets located near the Be sure to keep the area under the center and on the sides of the front seats clear of any objects so instrument panel to change the that the air inside of the vehicle can direction of airflow. circulate effectively. Operation Tips For information on how to use the main climate control system, see . Clear away any ice, snow or Climate Control Systems on leaves from the air inlets at the page 8-1. For information on base of the windshield that may ventilation, see Air Vents on block the flow of air into the page 8-7. vehicle. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system. . Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-1

Engine Heater ...... 9-19 Ride Control Systems Driving and Retained Accessory Traction Control/Electronic Operating Power (RAP) ...... 9-20 Stability Control ...... 9-33 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-20 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-21 Cruise Control Driving Information Parking over Things Cruise Control ...... 9-35 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 That Burn ...... 9-22 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-38 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Rear Vision Braking ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-23 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-39 Steering ...... 9-4 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission Fuel Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission (Six Fuel ...... 9-42 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Speed) ...... 9-23 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-43 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission (Four Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-44 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Speed) ...... 9-26 California Fuel Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Manual Mode ...... 9-29 Requirements ...... 9-44 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-9 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-30 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-44 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Fuel Additives ...... 9-44 Drive Systems E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-44 Starting and Operating All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-31 Filling the Tank ...... 9-45 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Filling a Portable Fuel Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 Brakes Container ...... 9-47 Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 Antilock Brake Fast Idle System ...... 9-18 System (ABS) ...... 9-31 Parking Brake ...... 9-32 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-2 Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat General Towing passenger to handle potential distractions. Information ...... 9-48 Distracted Driving Driving Characteristics and . Become familiar with vehicle Towing Tips ...... 9-48 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Trailer Towing ...... 9-51 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Towing Equipment ...... 9-56 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Conversions and Add-Ons judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Add-On Electrical from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Equipment ...... 9-59 governments have enacted laws driving. regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-3

. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle { Warning between you and the driver in front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to . Focus on the task of driving. long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving. crash resulting in injury or death. Drunk Driving Focus your attention on driving. Braking Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception drinking and driving is a global Refer to the infotainment section for time and reaction time. Deciding to tragedy. more information on using that push the brake pedal is perception system and the navigation system, time. Actually doing it is if equipped, including pairing and { Warning reaction time. using a cell phone. Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In perceptions, attentiveness, and that time, a vehicle moving at Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m expect the unexpected.” The first a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious — or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind page 3-8. drinking. include: . Assume that other road users Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between (pedestrians, bicyclists, and a driver who has been drinking. you and the vehicle in front other drivers) are going to be Ride home in a cab; or if you are of you. careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking. who will not drink. and be ready. . Keep pace with traffic. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-4 Driving and Operating

If the engine ever stops while the . Holding both sides of the vehicle is being driven, brake { Caution steering wheel allows you to turn normally but do not pump the 180 degrees without removing brakes. Doing so could make the If the steering wheel is turned a hand. until it reaches the end of its pedal harder to push down. If the . Antilock Brake System (ABS) travel, and is held in that position engine stops, there will be some allows steering while braking. power brake assist but it will be for more than 15 seconds, used when the brake is applied. damage may occur to the power Off-Road Recovery Once the power assist is used up, it steering system and there may be can take longer to stop and the loss of power steering assist. brake pedal will be harder to push. Steering Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable Hydraulic Power Steering speed. Your vehicle has hydraulic power . Reduce speed before entering a steering. It may require curve. maintenance. See Power Steering . Maintain a reasonable steady Fluid on page 10-24. speed through the curve If power steering assist is lost . Wait until the vehicle is out of because the engine stops or the curve before accelerating because of a system malfunction, gently into the straightaway. the vehicle can be steered but may required increased effort. See your Steering in Emergencies dealer if there is a problem. . There are some situations when steering around a problem may be more effective than braking. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-5

The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Steering or Cornering Skid — material on the road. Learn to off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a recognize warning clues — such shoulder while driving. Follow curve causes tires to slip and as enough water, ice, or packed these tips: lose cornering force. snow on the road to make a 1. Ease off the accelerator and . Acceleration Skid — too much mirrored surface — and slow then, if there is nothing in the throttle causes the driving down when you have any doubt. way, steer the vehicle so that it wheels to spin. . Try to avoid sudden steering, straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids acceleration, or braking, pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to including reducing vehicle speed 2. Turn the steering wheel about existing conditions, and by not by shifting to a lower gear. Any one-eighth of a turn, until the overdriving those conditions. But sudden changes could cause right front tire contacts the skids are always possible. the tires to slide. pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help 3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the Driving on Wet Roads Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate. There are three types of skids that occurs. Always drive slower in these types correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid control systems: driving according to weather driving through large puddles and deep‐standing or flowing water. . Braking Skid — wheels are not conditions. Stopping distance rolling. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-6 Driving and Operating

Hydroplaning . Have good tires with proper { Warning tread depth. See Tires on Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water page 10-46. Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's . Turn off cruise control. They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast Highway Hypnosis lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is Always be alert and pay attention to hydroplaning, it has little or no After driving through a large your surroundings while driving. contact with the road. If you become tired or sleepy, find a puddle of water or a car/vehicle safe place to park the vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to and rest. pedal until the brakes work slow down when the road is wet. normally. Other driving tips include: Flowing or rushing water creates Other Rainy Weather Tips . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep the interior flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: temperature cool. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. . Keep your eyes moving — scan happens, you and other vehicle the road ahead and to the sides. occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. . ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping Check the rearview mirror and very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. vehicle instruments often. through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-7

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving { Warning Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for or with the ignition off is Drive carefully when there is snow driving in these conditions include: dangerous. This can cause or ice between the tires and the road, creating less traction or grip. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in overheating of the brakes and loss of steering. Always have the Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32° good shape. F) when freezing rain begins to fall, engine running and the vehicle . resulting in even less traction. Avoid Check all fluid levels and brakes, in gear. tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain transmission. until roads can be treated with salt . Stay in your own lane. Do not or sand. . Shift to a lower gear when going swing wide or cut across the down steep or long hills. Drive with caution, whatever the center of the road. Drive at condition. Accelerate gently so speeds that let you stay in your { Warning traction is not lost. Accelerating too own lane. quickly causes the wheels to spin Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills; and makes the surface under the vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane tires slick, so there is even less can cause brake overheating, can (stalled car, accident). traction. reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. could result in a loss of braking. signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive Shift the transmission to a lower roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the gear to let the engine assist the no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. brakes on a steep downhill slope. appropriate action. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-8 Driving and Operating

The Antilock Brake System (ABS) Blizzard Conditions on page 9-31 improves vehicle Warning (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a stability during hard stops on a serious situation. Stay with the . slippery roads, but apply the brakes Clear away snow from around vehicle unless there is help nearby. sooner than when on dry pavement. the base of your vehicle, If possible, use the Roadside especially any that is blocking Allow greater following distance on Assistance Program on page 13-5. the exhaust pipe and/or the any slippery road and watch for To get help and keep everyone in fuel operated heater exhaust slippery spots. Icy patches can the vehicle safe: system, if equipped. If the occur on otherwise clear roads in . Turn on the hazard warning vehicle has a diesel engine shaded areas. The surface of a flashers. and a fuel operated heater, curve or an overpass can remain icy see “Fuel Operated Heater when the surrounding roads are . Tie a red cloth to an outside (FOH)” in the diesel engine clear. Avoid sudden steering mirror. supplement. maneuvers and braking while . on ice. Check again from time to { Warning time to be sure snow does Turn off cruise control, if equipped, not collect there. on slippery surfaces. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may . Open a window about 5 cm cause exhaust gases to get (2 in) on the side of the inside. Engine exhaust contains vehicle that is away from the carbon monoxide (CO) which wind to bring in fresh air. cannot be seen or smelled. It can . Fully open the air outlets on cause unconsciousness and even or under the instrument death. panel. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-9

keeps the battery charged to restart Rocking the Vehicle to Get Warning (Continued) the vehicle and to signal for help it Out with the headlamps. Do this as little . Adjust the climate control as possible to save fuel. Turn the steering wheel left and system to a setting that right to clear the area around the circulates the air inside the front wheels. Turn off any traction vehicle and set the fan speed If the Vehicle Is Stuck system. Shift back and forth to the highest setting. See Slowly and cautiously spin the between R (Reverse) and a low “Climate Control Systems” in wheels to free the vehicle when forward gear, spinning the wheels the Index. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. as little as possible. To prevent For more information about If stuck too severely for the traction transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting carbon monoxide, see Engine system to free the vehicle, turn the gears. Release the accelerator Exhaust on page 9-22. traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction pedal while shifting, and press Control/Electronic Stability Control lightly on the accelerator pedal To save fuel, run the engine for only on page 9-33. when the transmission is in gear. short periods as needed to warm Slowly spinning the wheels in the the vehicle and then shut the engine forward and reverse directions off and close the window most of { Warning causes a rocking motion that could the way to save heat. Repeat this free the vehicle. If that does not get If the vehicle's tires spin at high until help arrives but only when you the vehicle out after a few tries, it feel really uncomfortable from the speed, they can explode, and you might need to be towed out. If the cold. Moving about to keep warm or others could be injured. The vehicle does need to be towed out, also helps. vehicle can overheat, causing an see Towing the Vehicle on engine compartment fire or other page 10-83. If it takes some time for help to damage. Spin the wheels as little arrive, now and then when you run as possible and avoid going the engine, push the accelerator above 56 km/h (35 mph). pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-10 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits open, you will find the label Warning (Continued) attached below the door lock It is very important to know how post (striker). The tire and much weight the vehicle can vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a loading information label shows carry. This weight is called the the number of occupant seating vehicle capacity weight and crash. Overloading can also shorten the life of the vehicle. positions (1), and the maximum includes the weight of all vehicle capacity weight (2) in occupants, cargo, and all kilograms and pounds. nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information Two labels on the vehicle show Label The Tire and Loading how much weight it was Information label also shows the designed to carry, the Tire and size of the original equipment Loading Information label and tires (3) and the recommended the Certification/Tire label. cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires { Warning and inflation see Tires on page 10-46 and Tire Pressure Do not load the vehicle any on page 10-55. heavier than the Gross There is also important loading Vehicle Weight Rating information on the vehicle (GVWR), or either the Certification/Tire label. It tells maximum front or rear Gross Label Example you the Gross Vehicle Weight Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Rating (GVWR) and the Gross This can cause systems to A vehicle specific Tire and Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for break and change the way the Loading Information label is (Continued) attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). With the driver door Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-11

the front and rear axle. See there will be five 150 lb “Certification/Tire Label” later in passengers in your vehicle, this section. the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is Steps for Determining Correct “ 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) Load Limit– = 650 lbs.) 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of 5. Determine the combined occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle. XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s That weight may not safely placard. exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity Example 1 2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for weight of the driver and Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) passengers that will be riding 6. If your vehicle will be towing in your vehicle. a trailer, load from your trailer 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ will be transferred to your 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 3. Subtract the combined vehicle. Consult this manual (300 lbs) weight of the driver and to determine how this 3. Available Occupant and Cargo passengers from XXX kg or reduces the available cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) XXX lbs. and luggage load capacity of 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle.” the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-12 Driving and Operating

weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (1,000 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (750 lbs) 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg A vehicle specific Certification/ C. Available Cargo Weight = (1,000 lbs) Tire label is found on the rear 113 kg (250 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight = edge of the driver door. The 0 kg (0 lbs) label shows the size of the Refer to the vehicle tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-13

(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all { Warning { Warning occupants, fuel, and cargo. Do not load the vehicle any Things you put inside the The Certification/Tire label also heavier than the Gross vehicle can strike and injure tells you the maximum weights Vehicle Weight Rating people in a sudden stop or for the front and rear axles, (GVWR), or either the turn, or in a crash. maximum front or rear Gross called Gross Axle Weight Rating . Put things in the cargo (GAWR). To find out the actual Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). area of the vehicle. Try to loads on the front and rear This can cause systems to spread the weight evenly. axles, you need to go to a weigh break and change the way the station and weigh the vehicle. vehicle handles. This could . Never stack heavier Your dealer can help you with cause loss of control and a things, like suitcases, this. Be sure to spread out the crash. Overloading can also inside the vehicle so that load equally on both sides of the shorten the life of the vehicle. some of them are above centerline. the tops of the seats. Never exceed the GVWR for the . Do not leave an vehicle, or the GAWR for either unsecured child restraint the front or rear axle. in the vehicle. If there is a heavy load, it should (Continued) be spread out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-14 Driving and Operating

Add-On Equipment Warning (Continued) Starting and When you carry removable Operating . When you carry something items, you may need to put a inside the vehicle, secure limit on how many people you New Vehicle Break-In it whenever you can. carry inside the vehicle. Be sure to weigh the vehicle before you { Caution . Do not leave a seat folded buy and install the new down unless you need to. equipment. The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines: . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-15

Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and Caution (Continued) transmission. broken in. Hard stops with Do not turn the engine off when the new linings can mean vehicle is moving. This will cause a premature wear and earlier loss of power assist in the brake replacement. Follow this and steering systems and disable breaking-in guideline every the airbags. time you get new brake If the vehicle must be shut off in an linings. emergency: . Do not tow a trailer during 1. Brake using a firm and steady break-in. See Trailer Towing pressure. Do not pump the on page 9-51 for the trailer brakes repeatedly. This may towing capabilities of the deplete power assist, requiring vehicle and more information. increased brake pedal force. The ignition switch has four different Following break-in, engine speed positions. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). and load can be gradually This can be done while the increased. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition vehicle is moving. After shifting must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACCESSORY and the regular brake brakes and steer the vehicle to a pedal applied. safe location. 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9-20. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-16 Driving and Operating

3. Come to a complete stop, shift for emission inspection purposes. to P (Park), and turn the ignition { Caution The switch stays in this position to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with when the engine is running. Using a tool to force the key to an automatic transmission, the If you leave the key in the ACC/ shift lever must be in P (Park) to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position turn the ignition switch to the with the engine off, the battery could LOCK/OFF position. key. Use the correct key, make sure it is all the way in, and turn it be drained. You may not be able to 4. Set the parking brake. See only with your hand. If the key start the vehicle if the battery is Parking Brake on page 9-32. allowed to drain for an extended cannot be turned by hand, see period of time. your dealer. { Warning 4 (START): This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine Turning off the vehicle while 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This is the starts, release the key. The ignition moving may cause loss of power position in which you can operate switch returns to ON/RUN for assist in the brake and steering things like the radio and the driving. systems and disable the airbags. windshield wipers when the engine While driving, only shut the is off. A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened, the ignition is vehicle off in an emergency. 3 (ON/RUN): This position can be in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF used to operate the electrical and the key is in the ignition. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, accessories and to display some and must be shut off while driving, instrument cluster warning and turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lights. This position can ACCESSORY. also be used for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-17

Starting the Engine Starting Procedure damage, this system also prevents cranking if the engine If the vehicle has a diesel engine, 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the ignition key to is already running. Engine see the Duramax diesel cranking can be stopped by supplement. START. When the engine starts, let go of the key. The idle speed turning the ignition switch to the To place the transmission in the will go down as your engine gets ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ proper gear: warm. Do not race the engine OFF position. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or immediately after starting it. When the Low Fuel warning N (Neutral). The engine will not start Operate the engine and lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL in any other position. To restart the transmission gently to allow the LOW message is displayed in engine when the vehicle is already oil to warm up and lubricate all the Driver Information Center moving, use N (Neutral) only. moving parts. (DIC), the Computer-Controlled The vehicle has a Cranking System is disabled to { Caution Computer-Controlled Cranking prevent possible vehicle System. This feature assists in component damage. When this If the steering wheel is turned starting the engine and protects happens, hold the ignition switch until it reaches the end of its components. If the ignition key is in the START position to travel, and is held in that position turned to the START position, continue engine cranking. while starting the vehicle, damage and then released when the may occur to the hydraulic power engine begins cranking, the { Caution steering system and there may be engine will continue cranking for Cranking the engine for long loss of power steering assist. a few seconds or until the vehicle starts. If the engine does periods of time, by returning the not start and the key is held in ignition to the START position START for many seconds, immediately after cranking has cranking will be stopped after ended, can overheat and damage 15 seconds to prevent cranking (Continued) motor damage. To prevent gear Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-18 Driving and Operating

engine and transmission gently . The vehicle must not be moving Caution (Continued) until the oil warms up and and the accelerator must not be lubricates all moving parts. pressed. the cranking motor, and drain the To control the fast idle: battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the { Caution . To enable the Fast Idle System, press and release the cruise cranking motor cool down. If you add electrical parts or control on/off button and ensure accessories, you could change that the switch indicator light 2. If the engine does not start after the way the engine operates. Any is lit. 5-10 seconds, especially in very resulting damage would not be cold weather (below −18°C or covered by the vehicle warranty. . Press and release the cruise 0°F), it could be flooded with too See Add-On Electrical Equipment control SET- button. Engine much gasoline. Try pushing the on page 9-59. speed will be held at accelerator pedal all the way to approximately 1200 rpm. the floor and holding it there as When the fast idle is active, the you hold the key in START for Fast Idle System Driver Information Center (DIC) will up to 15 seconds. Wait at least If equipped, this feature is available display FAST IDLE ON. 15 seconds between each try, to only with cruise control. The manual allow the cranking motor to cool One of the following actions will turn fast idle switch is operated using the off the fast idle: down. When the engine starts, cruise control buttons on the left let go of the key and accelerator. side of the steering wheel. . Pressing the brake. If the vehicle starts briefly but . Selecting the cruise control then stops again, do the same This system can be used to cancel button. thing. This clears the extra increase engine idle speed gasoline from the engine. Do not whenever the following conditions . Releasing the parking brake. are met: race the engine immediately . Moving the transmission shift after starting it. Operate the . The parking brake is set. lever out of P (Park) or . The brake pedal is not pressed. N (Neutral). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-19

. Selecting the cruise control on/ which will prevent engine coolant off button when it was heater operation at temperatures Warning (Continued) previously on. above −18°C (0°F). the cord into a properly grounded . Pressing the cruise control SET- To Use the Engine Coolant three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. button a second time. Heater If the cord will not reach, use a . Pressing the accelerator more 1. Turn off the engine. heavy-duty three-prong extension than one-quarter of the cord rated for at least 15 amps. way down. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. . Turning the ignition switch to the 4. Before starting the engine, be LOCK/OFF position. The cord for the engine coolant sure to unplug and store the heater is located on the driver cord as it was before to keep it Engine Heater side of the engine compartment away from moving engine parts and is attached to the hose for and prevent damage. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the power steering reservoir. see the Duramax diesel supplement The length of time the heater should for more information. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded remain plugged in depends on 110-volt AC outlet. The engine coolant heater can several factors. Ask a dealer in the provide easier starting and better area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. fuel economy during engine warm‐ { Warning up in cold weather conditions at or Plugging the cord into an below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an ungrounded outlet could cause an engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four hours before electrical shock. Also, the wrong starting. An internal thermostat in kind of extension cord could the plug-end of the cord may exist overheat and cause a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-20 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory 4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can leave the vehicle Warning (Continued) Power (RAP) with the ignition key in your These vehicle accessories can be hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). used for up to 10 minutes after the See Shifting Into Park on engine is turned off: Leaving the Vehicle with the page 9-20. If you are towing a Engine Running trailer, see Driving Characteristics . Audio System and Towing Tips on page 9-48. . Power Windows (if equipped) { Warning These features will work when the If you have to leave the vehicle with It can be dangerous to leave the ignition key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ the engine running, be sure the ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle with the engine running. vehicle is in P (Park) and the turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, It could overheat and catch fire. parking brake is firmly set. After the power to the radio and power It is dangerous to get out of the shift lever is moved into P (Park), windows will continue to work vehicle if the shift lever is not fully hold the regular brake pedal down. 10 minutes or until the driver door is in P (Park) with the parking brake Then, see if you can move the shift opened. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever away from P (Park) without first pulling it toward you. If you can, Shifting Into Park Do not leave the vehicle when the it means that the shift lever was not engine is running. If you have left fully locked into P (Park). 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then the engine running, the vehicle set the parking brake. can move suddenly. You or others 2. Move the shift lever into the could be injured. To be sure the P (Park) position by pulling the vehicle will not move, even when shift lever toward you and you are on fairly level ground, moving it up as far as it will go. always set the parking brake and 3. Turn the ignition key to (Continued) LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-21

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, If you are parking on a hill and you The vehicle has an automatic try charging or jump starting the do not shift the transmission into transmission shift lock control battery. See Jump Starting on P (Park) properly, the weight of the system. You have to fully apply the page 10-79 for more information. vehicle can put too much force on brakes before you can shift from the parking pawl in the P (Park) when the ignition is in ON/ To shift out of P (Park) use the transmission. It might be difficult to RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See following: pull the shift lever out of P (Park). Automatic Transmission (Six Speed) 1. Apply the brake pedal. This is called torque lock. To on page 9-23 or Automatic 2. Turn the ignition to ACC/ prevent torque lock, set the parking Transmission (Four Speed) on ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. brake and then shift into P (Park) page 9-26. properly before you leave the driver The shift lock control system is 3. Move the shift lever to the seat. To find out how, see Shifting desired position. Into Park on page 9-20. designed to do the following: If you still are unable to shift out of . Prevent the ignition key from When you are ready to drive, move P (Park): the shift lever out of P (Park) before being removed unless the shift releasing the parking brake. lever is in P (Park). 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. If torque lock does occur, you might . Prevent movement of the shift need to have another vehicle push lever out of P (Park), unless the 2. While holding down the brake yours a little uphill to take some of ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ pedal, push the shift lever all the the pressure from the parking pawl ACCESSORY and the regular way into P (Park). in the transmission. Then you brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the should be able to pull the shift lever The shift lock control system is desired position. out of P (Park). always functional except in the case If you are still having a problem of a dead battery or low voltage shifting, have the vehicle serviced. (less than 9 V) battery. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-22 Driving and Operating

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) That Burn { Warning . There are holes or openings { Warning in the vehicle body from Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-23

Running the Vehicle Automatic especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an While Parked Transmission increase in the effort to shift out of It is better not to park with the P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under engine running. Automatic Transmission Shifting Into Park on page 9-20. If the vehicle is left with the engine (Six Speed) running, follow the proper steps to { Warning Vehicles with a 6-speed automatic be sure the vehicle will not move. transmission have a shift position See Shifting Into Park on page 9-20 It is dangerous to get out of the indicator within the instrument and Engine Exhaust on page 9-22. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully cluster. in P (Park) with the parking brake If parking on a hill and pulling a There are several different positions firmly set. The vehicle can roll. trailer, see Driving Characteristics for the shift lever. and Towing Tips on page 9-48. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and See “Range Selection Mode” under move the shift lever to P (Park). Manual Mode on page 9-29. See Shifting Into Park on P (Park): This position locks the page 9-20 and Driving rear wheels. It is the best position to Characteristics and Towing Tips use when starting the engine on page 9-48. because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-24 Driving and Operating

R (Reverse): Use this gear to D (Drive): This position is for back up. { Warning normal driving. It provides the best fuel economy. If you need more Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: { Caution engine is running at high speed is . Going less than about 55 km/h Shifting to R (Reverse) while the dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator vehicle is moving forward could pedal about halfway down. damage the transmission. The vehicle could move very rapidly. . repairs would not be covered by You could lose control and hit Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or the vehicle warranty. Shift to people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all the way down. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle into a drive gear while the engine is stopped. is running at high speed. By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to the next gear and has more power. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without { Caution D (Drive) can be used when towing damaging the transmission, see If a trailer, carrying a heavy load, the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-9. Shifting out of P (Park) or or driving on steep hills. You might N (Neutral) with the engine want to shift the transmission to a N (Neutral): In this position, the running at high speed may lower gear selection if the engine does not connect with the damage the transmission. The transmission shifts too often. wheels. To restart when you are repairs would not be covered by already moving, use N (Neutral) Downshifting the transmission in the vehicle warranty. Be sure the only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the slippery road conditions could result vehicle is being towed. engine is not running at high in skidding. See “Skidding” under speed when shifting the vehicle. Loss of Control on page 9-5. The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-25

conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process, 3 (Third): This position is also used upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the for normal driving. It reduces vehicle stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best speed more than D (Drive) without determine, before making an settings. using the brakes. You might choose upshift, if the engine is able to The shift quality of a new vehicle 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when maintain vehicle speed by analyzing may not be ideal because the driving on hilly, winding roads; when things such as vehicle speed, adaptive shift control process may towing a trailer, so there is less throttle position, and vehicle load. not have determined the best shifting between gears; and when If the shift stabilization feature settings for a particular shift or going down a steep hill. See “Range determines that a current vehicle condition. Shift quality will improve Selection Mode” under Manual speed cannot be maintained, the with continued driving. Mode on page 9-29. transmission does not upshift and When temperatures are very cold, 2 (Second): This position reduces instead holds the current gear. vehicle speed even more than In some cases, this could appear to the transmission's gear shifting could be delayed, providing more 3 (Third) without using the brakes. be a delayed shift, however the You can use 2 (Second) on hills. transmission is operating normally. stable shifts until the engine warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable It can help control vehicle speed as The transmission uses adaptive with a cold transmission. This you go down steep mountain roads, shift controls. Adaptive shift controls difference in shifting is normal. but then you would also want to use continually compare key shift the brakes off and on. See “Range parameters to pre-programmed M (Manual Mode): This position Selection Mode” under Manual ideal shifts stored in the lets drivers select the range of gears Mode on page 9-29. transmission’s computer. The appropriate for current driving conditions. If the vehicle has this If you manually select 2 (Second) in transmission constantly makes an automatic transmission, the feature, see “Range Selection adjustments to improve vehicle transmission will start in performance according to how the Mode” under Manual Mode on page 9-29. second gear. You can use this vehicle is being used, such as with feature for reducing the speed of the a heavy load or when the temperature changes. During this Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-26 Driving and Operating

rear wheels when trying to start the the Tow/Haul button for vehicle from a stop on slippery road Caution (Continued) three seconds. A DIC message surfaces. displays. See Transmission The repair will not be covered by Messages on page 5-38. 1 (First): This position reduces the vehicle warranty. If you are vehicle speed without using the stuck, do not spin the tires. When For other forms of grade braking, brakes. You can use it for major/ stopping on a hill, use the brakes see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-30 severe downgrades where the to hold the vehicle in place. and Cruise Control on page 9-35. vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade. When Automatic Transmission you shift to 1 (First) it provides the Normal Mode Grade Braking (Four Speed) lowest gear appropriate to current Vehicles with a 6-speed automatic road speed and continues to transmission have Normal Mode downshift as the vehicle slows, Grade Braking that is enabled when eventually downshifting to 1 (First) the vehicle is started, but is not gear. The transmission can be held enabled in Range Selection Mode. in 1 (First) gear using Range It assists in maintaining desired Selection Mode or the shift lever. vehicle speeds when driving on See “Range Selection Mode” under downhill grades by using the engine Manual Mode on page 9-29. and transmission to slow the There are several different positions vehicle. The first time the system for the shift lever. { Caution activates for each ignition key cycle, P (Park): This position locks the a DIC message will be displayed. rear wheels. It is the best position to Spinning the tires or holding the See Transmission Messages on use when you start the engine vehicle in one place on a hill page 5-38. because the vehicle cannot move using only the accelerator pedal easily. may damage the transmission. To disable or enable Normal Mode Grade Braking within the current (Continued) ignition key cycle, press and hold Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-27

brake pedal before you can shift To rock the vehicle back and forth to { Warning from P (Park) with the ignition in get out of snow, ice, or sand without ON/RUN. damaging the transmission, see If It is dangerous to get out of the the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-9. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully If you cannot shift out of P (Park), in P (Park) with the parking brake ease pressure on the shift lever and N (Neutral): In this position, the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. push the shift lever all the way into engine does not connect with the P (Park) as you maintain brake wheels. To restart the engine when Do not leave the vehicle when the application. Then move the shift the vehicle is already moving, use engine is running. If you have left lever into another gear. See Shifting N (Neutral) only. Also, use the engine running, the vehicle out of Park on page 9-21. N (Neutral) when the vehicle is can move suddenly. You or others R (Reverse): Use this gear to being towed. could be injured. To be sure the back up. vehicle will not move, even when { Warning you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and { Caution Shifting into a drive gear while the move the shift lever to P (Park). Shifting to R (Reverse) while the engine is running at high speed is See Shifting Into Park on vehicle is moving forward could dangerous. Unless your foot is page 9-20 and Driving damage the transmission. The firmly on the brake pedal, the Characteristics and Towing Tips repairs would not be covered by vehicle could move very rapidly. on page 9-48. the vehicle warranty. Shift to You could lose control and hit R (Reverse) only after the vehicle people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine Make sure the shift lever is fully in is stopped. P (Park) before starting the engine. is running at high speed. The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. You must first press the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-28 Driving and Operating

Downshifting the transmission in You may use this feature for { Caution slippery road conditions could result reducing torque to the rear wheels in skidding. See “Skidding” under when trying to start the vehicle from Shifting out of P (Park) or Loss of Control on page 9-5. a stop on slippery road surfaces. N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may 3 (Third): This position is also used 1 (First): This position reduces damage the transmission. The for normal driving. However it vehicle speed even more than repairs would not be covered by reduces vehicle speed more than 2 (Second) without using the brakes. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the D (Drive) without using the brakes. You can use it on very steep hills, You might choose 3 (Third) instead or in deep snow or mud. If the shift engine is not running at high of D (Drive) when driving on hilly, lever is put in 1 (First) while the speed when shifting the vehicle. winding roads; when towing a trailer, vehicle is moving forward, the so there is less shifting between transmission will not shift into first D (Drive): This position is for gears; and when going down a gear until the vehicle is going slowly normal driving. It provides the best steep hill. enough. fuel economy. If you need more You should use 3 (Third) (or a lower power for passing, and you are: gear as needed) when towing a { Caution . Going less than about 55 km/h trailer to minimize heat build-up and (35 mph), push the accelerator extend the life of the transmission. Spinning the tires or holding the pedal about halfway down. vehicle in one place on a hill 2 (Second): This position reduces using only the accelerator pedal . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or vehicle speed even more than may damage the transmission. more, push the accelerator all 3 (Third) without using the brakes. The repair will not be covered by the way down. You can use 2 (Second) on hills. the vehicle warranty. If you are It can help control vehicle speed as You will shift down to the next stuck, do not spin the tires. When you go down steep mountain roads, gear and have more power. but then you would also want to use stopping on a hill, use the brakes the brakes off and on. to hold the vehicle in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-29

Manual Mode This number is the highest gear that can be used. However, the vehicle Caution (Continued) Range Selection Mode can automatically shift to lower gears as it adjusts to driving The repair will not be covered by conditions. This means that all the vehicle warranty. If you are gears below that number are stuck, do not spin the tires. When available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, stopping on a hill, use the brakes 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are to hold the vehicle in place. automatically shifted by the vehicle, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until Low Traction Mode the +/− button on the steering If equipped, Range Selection Mode column lever is used to change to Low Traction Mode can assist in helps control the vehicle's the gear. vehicle acceleration when road transmission and vehicle speed conditions are slippery. While the while driving downhill or towing a Grade Braking is not available when vehicle is at a stop, select the trailer by letting you select a desired Range Selection Mode is active. second gear range using Range range of gears. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-30. Selection Mode. This will limit To use this feature: While using Range Selection Mode, torque to the wheels after it detects cruise control and the Tow/Haul wheel slip, preventing the tires from 1. Move the shift lever to Mode can be used. spinning. M (Manual Mode). 2. Press the +/− buttons on the { Caution shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving Spinning the tires or holding the conditions. vehicle in one place on a hill When M (Manual Mode) is selected using only the accelerator pedal a number displays in the DIC next to may damage the transmission. the M indicating the current gear. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-30 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul Mode Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode by pressing the button on the Grade Braking within the current instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is ignition key cycle, press and hold on, a light on the instrument cluster the Tow/Haul button for will come on. three seconds. A DIC message will See Tow/Haul Mode Light on be displayed. See Transmission page 5-22. Messages on page 5-38. See Towing Equipment on Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing Equipment on page 9-56. page 9-56. For other forms of grade braking, Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking see Automatic Transmission (Six (6-Speed Automatic Speed) on page 9-23 or Automatic Transmission) Transmission (Four Speed) on Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is page 9-26 and Cruise Control on If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts only enabled while the Tow/Haul page 9-35. the transmission shift pattern to Mode is selected and the vehicle is reduce shift cycling, providing not in the Range Selection Mode. increased performance, vehicle See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed control, and transmission cooling previously and Manual Mode on when towing or hauling heavy loads. page 9-29. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-31

Drive Systems Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a If the vehicle has this feature, System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels are slowing down. If one of the engine power is sent to all four This vehicle has ABS, an advanced wheels is about to stop rolling, the wheels when extra traction is electronic braking system that helps computer will separately work the needed. This is like four-wheel prevent a braking skid. drive, but there is no separate lever brakes at each wheel. When the vehicle begins to drive or switch to engage or disengage ABS can change the brake pressure away, ABS checks itself. the front axle. It is fully automatic, to each wheel, as required, faster A momentary motor or clicking noise and adjusts itself as needed for road than any driver could. This can help might be heard while this test is conditions. you steer around the obstacle while going on, and it might even be braking hard. noticed that the brake pedal moves a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle on page 5-22. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-32 Driving and Operating

suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake If the ignition is on when the parking leave enough room up ahead to brake is released, the brake system stop, even with ABS. warning light will go off. Using ABS { Caution Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let Driving with the parking brake on ABS work. You might hear the ABS can overheat the brake system pump or motor operating and feel and cause premature wear or the brake pedal pulsate, but this is damage to brake system parts. normal. Make sure that the parking brake Braking in Emergencies is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. ABS allows you to steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help To set the parking brake, hold the If you are towing a trailer and are more than even the very best regular brake pedal, then push parking on a hill, see Driving braking. down the parking brake pedal. Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9-48. If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on. To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal down. Pull the handle, located just above the parking brake pedal, with the parking brake symbol, to release the parking brake. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-33

Ride Control Systems while it is working. This is normal For your safety, the system can only and does not mean there is a be disabled when the vehicle speed problem with the vehicle. The is less than 40 km/h (25 mph). Traction Control/ system should initialize before the Electronic Stability vehicle reaches 40 km/h (25 mph). Control In some cases, it may take approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of The vehicle may have a vehicle driving before the system initializes. stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak. It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists the driver with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy The Traction Control System (TCS)/ between the intended path and the StabiliTrak indicator light comes on Press the StabiliTrak button on the direction the vehicle is actually in the instrument cluster when the instrument panel once to turn off the traveling. StabiliTrak selectively system requires service. TCS. The appropriate message is applies braking pressure at any one displayed in the DIC. See Ride of the vehicle's brakes to assist the When StabiliTrak activates, the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Control System Messages on driver with keeping the vehicle on page 5-35. the intended path. flashes in the instrument cluster. This also occurs when TCS is When the vehicle is started and activated. begins to move, the system See Traction Control System (TCS)/ performs several diagnostic checks ® to ensure there are no problems. StabiliTrak Light on page 5-23. The system may be heard or felt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-34 Driving and Operating

and you want to “rock” the vehicle to system. If the problem does not attempt to free it. See If the Vehicle clear itself after restarting the Is Stuck on page 9-9. vehicle, see your dealer for service. StabiliTrak System Operation Traction Control Operation The StabiliTrak system is normally TCS is part of the StabiliTrak Press and hold the StabiliTrak on, except when the system is system. TCS limits wheel spin by button to turn off StabiliTrak and initializing or has been disabled with reducing engine power to the TCS. The StabiliTrak OFF light the StabiliTrak button. The wheels and by applying brakes to illuminates and the appropriate StabiliTrak system will automatically each individual wheel as necessary. messages will be displayed in the activate to assist the driver in If the brake-traction control system DIC. See Ride Control System maintaining vehicle directional activates constantly or if the brakes Messages on page 5-35. control in most driving conditions. have heated up due to high speed When activated, the StabiliTrak To turn StabiliTrak and TCS back braking, the brake-traction control system may reduce engine power to will be automatically disabled. The on, press the StabiliTrak button the wheels and apply braking to again. StabiliTrak will automatically system will come back on after the individual wheels as necessary to brakes have cooled. This can take turn back on when the vehicle assist the driver with vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph). up to two minutes or longer directional control. If cruise control depending on brake usage. When the StabiliTrak system has is being used when StabiliTrak been turned off, system noises may activates, the cruise control TCS may activate on dry or rough still be heard as a result of the automatically disengages. The roads or under conditions such as brake-traction control coming on. cruise control can be re-engaged heavy acceleration while turning or when road conditions allow. See abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the It is recommended to leave the Cruise Control on page 9-35. transmission. When this reduction in system on for normal driving acceleration occurs, it may be conditions, but it may be necessary The StabiliTrak system may also noticed, or a noise or vibration may to turn the system off if the vehicle turn off automatically if it determines be heard. This is normal. is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow, that a problem exists with the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-35

Adding non-dealer accessories can Cruise Control If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the affect the vehicle's performance. system begins to limit wheel spin, See Accessories and Modifications cruise control will automatically on page 10-3. { Warning disengage. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control on Locking Rear Axle Cruise control can be dangerous page 9-33. When road conditions where you cannot drive safely at allow the cruise control to be safely Vehicles with a locking rear axle can a steady speed. Do not use the used again, it can be turned give more traction on snow, mud, cruise control on winding roads or back on. ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a in heavy traffic. standard axle most of the time, but when traction is low, this feature will Cruise control can be dangerous allow the rear wheel with the most on slippery roads. On such roads, traction to move the vehicle. fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with cruise control, a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h I (On/Off): Press to turn the (25 mph). system on or off. The indicator light When the brakes are applied, cruise on the button turns on when cruise control is turned off. control is turned on and goes off when cruise is turned off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-36 Driving and Operating

+RES (Resume/Accelerate): The cruise control light on the Increasing Speed While Using Press briefly to make the vehicle instrument cluster comes on after Cruise Control resume to a previously set speed, the cruise control has been set to If the cruise control system is or press and hold to accelerate. the desired speed. already activated, If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed. 1. Press the I button. . Press and hold the +RES button 2. Get up to the desired speed. on the steering wheel until the SET− (Set/Coast): Press briefly to desired speed is reached, then set the speed and activate cruise 3. Press the SET− button on the release it. control, or press and hold to steering wheel and release it. decelerate. If cruise control is . To increase vehicle speed in already active, use to decrease 4. Remove foot from the small increments, briefly press vehicle speed. accelerator. the +RES button. Each time this [ Resuming a Set Speed is done, the vehicle goes about (Cancel): Press to disengage 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. cruise control without erasing the If the cruise control is set at a set speed from memory. desired speed and then the brakes Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control Setting Cruise Control are applied, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set If the cruise control system is If the cruise button is on when not in speed from memory. already activated: use, it could get bumped and go into cruise when not desired. Keep the Once the vehicle speed reaches . Press and hold the SET– button cruise control switch off when cruise about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, on the steering wheel until the is not being used. briefly press the +RES button on the desired lower speed is reached, steering wheel. The vehicle returns then release it. to the previous set speed. . To slow down in small increments, briefly press the SET– button on the steering Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-37

wheel briefly. Each time this is While going downhill: When the brakes are manually done, the vehicle goes about applied the cruise control is . Vehicles with a 4-speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. automatic transmission may disengaged. Passing Another Vehicle While need to have the brakes applied Ending Cruise Control Using Cruise Control or the transmission shifted to a lower gear to help maintain There are three ways to end cruise Use the accelerator pedal to driver selected speed. control: increase the vehicle speed. When . To disengage cruise control, . Vehicles with a 6-speed you take your foot off the pedal, the step lightly on the brake pedal. vehicle will slow down to the automatic transmission have previous set cruise speed. While Cruise Grade Braking to help . Press the [ on the steering pressing the accelerator pedal or maintain driver selected speed. wheel. shortly following the release to Cruise Grade Braking is enabled . To turn off the cruise control, override cruise control, briefly when the vehicle is started and press on the steering wheel. applying the SET– button will result Cruise Control is active. It is not I in cruise control set to the current enabled in Range Selection Mode. Erasing Speed Memory vehicle speed. It assists in maintaining driver The cruise control set speed is Using Cruise Control on Hills selected speed when driving on downhill grades by using the engine erased from memory if I is How well the cruise control works and transmission to slow the pressed or if the vehicle is on hills depends on the vehicle vehicle. turned off. speed, the load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep To disable and enable Cruise Grade hills, pushing the accelerator pedal Braking for the current ignition key may be necessary to maintain cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul vehicle speed. button for three seconds. A DIC message displays. See Transmission Messages on page 5-38. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-38 Driving and Operating

Driver Assistance How the System Works Turning the System On and Off Systems URPA comes on automatically when The system can be disabled through the shift lever is moved into the Driver Information Center (DIC). R (Reverse). A single beep sounds See “Park Assist” under Driver Ultrasonic Parking Assist to indicate the system is working. Information Center (DIC) on If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less page 5-25. Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA defaults to the on setting sensors on the rear bumper to each time the vehicle is started. assist with parking and avoiding An obstacle detection is indicated objects while in R (Reverse). by beeps. The time between beeps Turn URPA off when towing a trailer. gets shorter as the vehicle approaches the obstacle. Repeated When the System Does Not { Warning beeps are heard when the distance Seem to Work Properly The URPA system does not is less than 30 cm (12 in). The following messages may be detect children, pedestrians, To be detected, objects must be at displayed on the DIC: bicyclists, animals, or objects least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this below the bumper or that are too and below rear door level. Objects message occurs, take the vehicle to close or too far from the vehicle. must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from your dealer for repair. the rear bumper. This distance may It is not available at speeds PARK ASSIST OFF: This message greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To be less during warmer or humid weather. occurs if the driver disables the prevent injury, death, or vehicle system or if the vehicle is driven damage, even with URPA, always above 8 km/h (5 mph) in check the area around the vehicle R (Reverse). and check all mirrors before backing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-39

PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE Rear Vision OWNERS MANUAL: This Warning (Continued) message can occur under the Camera (RVC) following conditions: If available, the Rear Vision Camera injury, death, or vehicle damage. (RVC) system is designed to help Always check behind and around . The ultrasonic sensors are not the vehicle before backing. clean. Keep the rear bumper the driver when backing up by free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, displaying a view of the area behind slush, and frost. The message the vehicle. Vehicles without Navigation may not clear until frost or ice System { Warning has melted all around and inside When the vehicle is on and shifted the sensor. The RVC system does not display into R (Reverse), the video image . A trailer is attached to the children, pedestrians, bicyclists, appears on the inside rearview vehicle, or a bicycle or an object animals, or any other object mirror. The video image disappears after the vehicle is shifted out of hanging out of the rear door located outside the camera's field during the current or last drive R (Reverse). of view, below the bumper, cycle. URPA will return to normal operation after it is determined or under the vehicle. Perceived Vehicles with Navigation the object is removed. This distances may be different from System actual distances. Do not back the could take a few drive cycles. When the vehicle is shifted into vehicle using only the RVC R (Reverse), the video image . A tow bar is attached to the screen, during longer, higher vehicle. appears on the navigation screen. speed backing maneuvers, After a delay, the navigation screen Other conditions may affect system or where there could be cross displays the previous screen after performance, such as vibrations traffic. Failure to use proper care the vehicle is shifted out of from a jackhammer or the before backing may result in R (Reverse). compression of air brakes on a very (Continued) large truck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-40 Driving and Operating

Turning the RVC System On or Off . Shift into P (Park). To turn the symbols or guidelines on The navigation system may allow . Reach a vehicle speed of or off: the RVC to be turned on or off. To 8 km/h (5 mph). 1. Make sure that URPA has not turn the RVC system on or off: Symbols and Guidelines been disabled. 1. Shift into P (Park). The navigation system may have a 2. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press MENU to enter the feature that allows for viewing 3. Press MENU to enter the configure menu options. Turn parking assist symbols and/or configure menu options. Turn the Multifunction knob until the guidelines on the navigation screen the Multifunction knob until the Display feature is highlighted while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Display feature is highlighted and press the Multifunction Rear Park Assist (URPA) system and press the Multifunction knob; or press the Display must not be disabled to use the knob; or press the Display screen button. caution symbols. If URPA has been screen button. disabled and the symbols have 3. Select the Rear Camera Options 4. Select the Rear Camera Options been turned on, the Rear Parking screen button. The Rear Camera screen button. The Rear Camera Assist Symbols Unavailable error Options screen displays. Options screen displays. message may display. See 4. Select the Video screen button. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on 5. Touch the Symbols or When the Video screen button is page 9-38. Guidelines screen button. The highlighted, the RVC screen button will be highlighted The symbols appear near objects system is on. when the feature is on. detected by the URPA system. The The delay that is received after symbol may cover the object when shifting out of R (Reverse) is viewing the navigation screen. The approximately 10 seconds. Return to guideline overlay can help the driver the previous screen sooner by align the vehicle when backing into performing one of the following: a parking spot. . Press a hard key on the navigation system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-41

RVC Location Displayed images may be further or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display. When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly The RVC system might not work properly or display a clear image if: . The RVC is turned off. See 1. View displayed by the camera “Turning the RVC System On or Off” earlier in this section. The camera is above the license . It is dark. plate. . The sun or the beam of This shows the field of view that the headlamps is shining directly camera provides. into the camera lens. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with 1. View displayed by the camera water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. 2. Corners of the rear bumper Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-42 Driving and Operating

. The back of the vehicle is in an The fast flash conditions are Fuel accident. The position and used to protect the video device mounting angle of the camera from high temperature For diesel engine vehicles, see can change or the camera can conditions. Once conditions “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the be affected. Be sure to have the return to normal, the device will Duramax diesel supplement. camera and its position and reset and the indicator will stop For gasoline engine vehicles, use of mounting angle checked at your flashing. dealer. the recommended fuel is an During any of these fault conditions, important part of the proper The RVC system display in the the display will be blank and the maintenance of this vehicle. When rearview mirror may turn off or not indicator will flash while the vehicle driving in the U.S., to help keep the appear as expected due to one of is in R (Reverse) or until the engine clean and maintain optimum the following conditions. If this conditions return to normal. vehicle performance, we occurs, the left indicator light on the recommend using TOP TIER mirror will flash. Detergent Gasolines. . A slow flash may indicate a loss See www.toptiergas.com for a list of of video signal, or no video TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. signal present during the reverse cycle. . A fast flash may indicate that the display has been on for the maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display has reached an Over Temperature limit. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-43

knocking is heard when using gasoline with a higher octane rating, { Caution the engine needs service. Do not use fuel containing Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal Use summer and winter fuels in the parts in the fuel system and also appropriate season. Driving or damage plastic and rubber parts. starting could be affected if the That damage would not be incorrect fuel is used. Drive the covered under the vehicle vehicle with the engine running until warranty. the fuel is a half tank or less, then refuel with the current seasonal fuel. Some gasolines that are not If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap, Prohibited Fuels reformulated for low emissions can E85 or flex fuel can be used in the contain an octane-enhancing Gasolines containing oxygenates, additive called vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on such as ethers and ethanol, as well page 9-44. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese as reformulated gasolines are tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use available in some cities. If these Recommended Fuel gasolines with MMT as they can gasolines comply with the reduce spark plug life and affect Use regular unleaded gasoline with previously described specification, emission control system a posted octane rating of 87 or then they are acceptable to use. performance. The malfunction higher. If the octane rating is less However, E85 and other fuels indicator lamp may turn on. If this than 87, an audible knocking noise containing more than 15% ethanol occurs, see your dealer for service. may be heard. If this occurs, use a must be used only in FlexFuel gasoline rated at 87 octane or vehicles. higher as soon as possible. If heavy Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-44 Driving and Operating

Gasoline Specifications vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives test. See Malfunction Indicator At a minimum, gasoline should meet Lamp on page 5-19. If this occurs, To keep fuel systems clean, TOP ASTM specification D 4814. Some return to your authorized dealer for TIER Detergent Gasoline is gasolines contain an diagnosis. If it is determined that the recommended. See Fuel on octane-enhancing additive called condition is caused by the type of page 9-42. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese fuel used, repairs may not be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend covered by the vehicle warranty. not available, one bottle of Fuel against the use of gasolines System Treatment PLUS, part containing MMT. See “Prohibited Fuels in Foreign number 88861013, added to the fuel Fuels" in Recommended Fuel on Countries tank at every engine oil change, can page 9-43. help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS If planning to drive in countries is the only gasoline additive California Fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the recommended by General Motors. Requirements proper fuel might be hard to find. It is available at your dealer. Check regional auto club or fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability Do not use additives with E85 or California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never FlexFuel. designed to operate on fuels that use leaded gasoline, fuel containing meet California specifications. See methanol, or any other fuel not E85 or FlexFuel the underhood emission control recommended. Costly repairs Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can label. If this fuel is not available in caused by use of improper fuel use either unleaded gasoline or fuel states adopting California Emissions would not be covered by the vehicle containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Standards, the vehicle will operate warranty. All other vehicles should use only satisfactorily on fuels meeting the unleaded gasoline as described federal specifications, but emission in Fuel on page 9-42. control system performance might be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-45

The use of E85 or FlexFuel is immediately after refueling to allow encouraged when the vehicle is the vehicle to adapt to the change in Caution (Continued) designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel ethanol concentration. is made from renewable sources. damage plastic and rubber parts. Because E85 or FlexFuel has less That damage would not be To help locate fuel stations that energy per liter (gallon) than covered under the vehicle carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. gasoline, the vehicle will need to be warranty. Department of Energy has an refilled more often. See Filling the alternative fuels website. See Tank on page 9-45. www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ Filling the Tank stations. { Caution E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM { Warning Specification D 5798 or CAN/ Some additives are not CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use compatible with E85 or FlexFuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn the fuel if the ethanol content is and can harm the vehicle's fuel violently and can cause injury or greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that system. Do not add anything to death. E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused do not meet ASTM or CGSB . To help avoid injuries to you specifications can affect driveability by additives would not be covered and others, read and follow and could cause the malfunction by the vehicle warranty. all the instructions on the fuel indicator lamp to come on. pump island. After refueling, the vehicle . Turn off the engine when calculates the composition of the { Caution refueling. fuel. It is not recommended to repeatedly switch between fuels. Do not use fuel containing . Keep sparks, flames, and If fuels are switched frequently, add methanol. It can corrode metal smoking materials away from fuel. as much fuel as possible and do not parts in the fuel system and also add less than 11 L (3 gal) when (Continued) refueling. Drive at least 11 km (7 mi) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-46 Driving and Operating

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not Warning (Continued) top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished . Do not leave the fuel pump pumping before removing the unattended. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted . Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See while pumping fuel. Exterior Care on page 10-86. . Keep children away from the When replacing the fuel cap, turn it fuel pump and never let clockwise until it clicks. Make sure children pump fuel. the cap is fully installed. The diagnostic system can determine if . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. the fuel cap has been left off or This spray can happen if the The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel improperly installed. This would tank is nearly full, and is door on the driver side of the allow fuel to evaporate into the more likely in hot weather. vehicle. atmosphere. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-19. Open the fuel cap slowly and If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, wait for any hiss noise to stop the fuel cap will be yellow and state then unscrew the cap all that E85 or gasoline can be used. { Warning the way. See E85 or FlexFuel on page 9-44. If a fire starts while you are To remove the fuel cap, turn it refueling, do not remove the slowly counterclockwise. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by While refueling, hang the tethered shutting off the pump or by fuel cap from the hook on the notifying the station attendant. fuel door. Leave the area immediately. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-47

Filling a Portable Fuel { Caution Warning (Continued) Container If a new fuel cap is needed, be keep it in contact with the fill sure to get the right type of cap { Warning opening until filling is from your dealer. The wrong type complete. of fuel cap might not fit properly, Filling a portable fuel container . Fill the container no more might cause the malfunction while it is in the vehicle can cause than 95% full to allow for indicator lamp to light, and could fuel vapors that can ignite either expansion. damage the fuel tank and by static electricity or other . Do not smoke, light matches, emissions system. See means. You or others could be or use lighters while Malfunction Indicator Lamp on badly burned and the vehicle pumping fuel. page 5-19. could be damaged. Always: . Avoid using cell phones or . Use approved fuel other electronic devices. containers. . Remove the container from the vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed before filling. . Place the container on the ground. . Place the nozzle inside the fill opening of the container before dispensing fuel, and (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-48 Driving and Operating

Driving Characteristics Trailer Towing { Warning and Towing Tips General Towing When towing a trailer, exhaust Driving with a Trailer Information gases may collect at the rear of When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the Only use towing equipment that has . Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most been designed for the vehicle. window is open. Contact your dealer or trailering and local laws that apply to dealer for assistance with preparing trailer towing. When towing a trailer: the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, the entire section before towing a first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most trailer. damage to the engine, axle, window open. or other parts. For towing a disabled vehicle, see . Fully open the air outlets on Towing the Vehicle on page 10-83. . Then during the first 800 km or under the instrument For towing the vehicle behind (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not panel. another vehicle such as a motor drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and . home, see Recreational Vehicle do not make starts at full throttle. Also adjust the climate Towing on page 10-83. control system to a setting . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). that brings in only outside air. Shift the transmission to a lower See “Climate Control gear if the transmission shifts Systems” in the Index. too often under heavy loads and/ or hilly conditions. For more information about Carbon Monoxide, see Engine . Turn off Park Assist when Exhaust on page 9-22. towing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (49,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-49

Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing Making Turns amount of experience. The More passing distance is needed combination you are driving is when towing a trailer. The { Caution longer and not as responsive as the combination will not accelerate as vehicle itself. Get acquainted with quickly and is longer so it is Making very sharp turns while the handling and braking of the rig necessary to go much farther trailering could cause the trailer to before setting out for the open road. beyond the passed vehicle before come in contact with the vehicle. Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane. The vehicle could be damaged. parts and attachments, safety Avoid making very sharp turns chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up while trailering. tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Hold the bottom of the steering electric brakes, start the wheel with one hand. To move the When turning with a trailer, make combination moving and then apply trailer to the left, move that hand to wider turns than normal. Do this so the trailer brake controller by hand the left. To move the trailer to the the trailer will not strike soft to be sure the brakes work. right, move your hand to the right. shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and, or other objects. Avoid jerky or to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone sudden maneuvers. Signal well in and the lamps and any trailer guide you. advance. brakes still work. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn Following Distance out, the arrows on the instrument cluster will still flash for turns. It is Stay at least twice as far behind the important to check occasionally to vehicle ahead as you would when be sure the trailer bulbs are still driving the vehicle without a trailer. working. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (50,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-50 Driving and Operating

Driving on Grades minutes before turning the engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in off. If the overheat warning comes place, release the regular brakes Reduce speed and shift to a lower on, see Engine Overheating on until the chocks absorb the load. gear before starting down a long or page 10-22. steep downgrade. If the 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then transmission is not shifted down, the Parking on Hills apply the parking brake and shift brakes might get hot and no longer into P (Park). work well. { Warning 5. Release the brake pedal. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if Parking the vehicle on a hill with Leaving After Parking on a Hill the transmission shifts too often the trailer attached can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. dangerous. If something goes under heavy loads and/or hilly 2. Start the engine. conditions. wrong, the rig could start to move. 3. Shift into a gear. The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if People can be injured, and both the transmission shifts too often. the vehicle and the trailer can be 4. Release the parking brake. damaged. When possible, always See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-30. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. park the rig on a flat surface. When towing at high altitude on 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is steep uphill grades, consider the clear of the chocks. following: Engine coolant will boil at If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick up a lower temperature than at normal 1. Press the brake pedal, but do and store the chocks. altitudes. If the engine is turned off not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn immediately after towing at high the wheels into the curb if facing altitude on steep uphill grades, the downhill or into traffic if facing vehicle may show signs similar to uphill. engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run while parked, 2. Have someone place chocks preferably on level ground, with the under the trailer wheels. transmission in P (Park) for a few Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (51,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-51

Maintenance when Trailer Towing { Warning { Caution The vehicle needs service more The driver can lose control when Pulling a trailer improperly can often when pulling a trailer. See pulling a trailer if the correct damage the vehicle and result in Maintenance Schedule on equipment is not used or the costly repairs not covered by the page 11-3. Things that are vehicle is not driven properly. For vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer especially important in trailer example, if the trailer is too correctly, follow the advice in this operation are automatic heavy, the brakes may not work section and see your dealer for transmission fluid, engine oil, axle well — or even at all. The driver important information about lubricant, belts, cooling system, and and passengers could be towing a trailer with the vehicle. brake system. It is a good idea to seriously injured. The vehicle may inspect these before and during also be damaged; the resulting the trip. To identify the trailering capacity of repairs would not be covered by the vehicle, read the information in Check periodically to see that all the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer “Weight of the Trailer” following. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your Trailering is different than just Trailer Towing dealer for advice and information driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in about towing a trailer with the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, handling, acceleration, braking, vehicle. see the Duramax diesel durability, and fuel economy. supplement. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (52,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-52 Driving and Operating

your passengers. So please read Use the following chart to determine this section carefully before pulling a how much the vehicle can weigh, trailer. based upon the vehicle model and options. Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? It depends on how the rig is used. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later in this section. Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment. The weight of additional optional equipment, passengers,and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (53,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-53

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G1500 Cargo Van 2WD 4.3LV6 3.42 1 950 kg (4,300 lb) 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 3.73 H1500 Cargo Van AWD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 948 kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) G1500 Passenger Van 2WD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 812 kg (6,200 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 3.73 H1500 Passenger Van AWD 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) 3.73 G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (54,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-54 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 266 kg (7,200 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.8LV8 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (55,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-55

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 7 257 kg (16,000 lb) *The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering If there are a lot of options, information or advice. equipment, passengers, or cargo in the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-10 cargo carried in it, and the people for more information about the who will be riding in the vehicle. vehicle's maximum load capacity. The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight (2), up to a maximum of 181 kg (400 lb) with a weight carrying hitch. The trailer tongue weight (1) should be Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (56,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-56 Driving and Operating

10 percent to 15 percent of the total It is important that the vehicle does Towing Equipment loaded trailer weight (2), up to a not exceed any of its ratings — maximum of 454 kg (1,000 lb) with a GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum Hitches weight distributing hitch. Trailer Rating, or Tongue Weight. It is important to have the correct Do not exceed the maximum The only way to be sure it is not hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large allowable tongue weight for the exceeding any of these ratings is to trucks going by and rough roads are vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch weigh the vehicle and trailer. a few reasons why the right hitch is extension that will position the hitch Total Weight on the Vehicle's needed. ball closest to the vehicle. This will Tires help reduce the effect of trailer Weight-Distributing Hitches tongue weight on the rear axle. Be sure the vehicle tires are inflated and Weight Carrying Hitches to the upper limit for cold tires. After loading the trailer, weigh the These numbers can be found on the trailer and then the tongue, Certification label at the rear edge of separately, to see if the weights are the driver door, or see Vehicle Load proper. If they are not, adjustments Limits on page 9-10. Make sure not might be made by moving some to go over the GVW limit for the items around in the trailer. vehicle, or the GAWR, including the Trailering may be limited by the weight of the trailer tongue. If using vehicle's ability to carry tongue a weight distributing hitch, make weight. Tongue weight cannot cause sure not to go over the rear axle the vehicle to exceed the GVWR limit before applying the weight (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or distribution spring bars. the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating). The effect of 1. Body to Ground Distance additional weight may reduce the trailering capacity more than the 2. Front of Vehicle total of the additional weight. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (57,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-57

When using a weight-distributing If using the wiring provided with the Trailer Brakes hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so factory-installed trailering package, A loaded trailer that weighs more the distance (1) remains the same no holes need to be made in the than 680 kg (1,500 lb) needs to have both before and after coupling the body of the vehicle. However, if an its own brake system that is trailer to the tow vehicle. aftermarket hitch is installed, holes adequate for the weight of the may need to be made in the body. If a step-bumper hitch will be used, trailer. Be sure to read and follow the bumper could be damaged in If holes are made in the body, then the instructions for the trailer brakes sharp turns. Make sure there be sure to seal the holes later when so they are installed, adjusted and is ample room when turning to avoid the hitch is removed. If the holes are maintained properly. contact between the trailer and the not sealed, deadly carbon monoxide bumper. (CO) from the engine's exhaust can Trailer Wiring Harness If the loaded trailer being pulled will get into the vehicle as well as dirt The optional heavy-duty trailer weigh more than 2 270 kg (5,000 lb), and water. See “Carbon Monoxide” wiring package includes a wiring be sure to use a properly mounted under Engine Exhaust on harness, with a seven-pin connector weight-distributing hitch and sway page 9-22. at the rear of the vehicle and a control of the proper size. This Safety Chains four-wire harness assembly under equipment is very important for the driver side of the instrument proper vehicle loading and good Always attach chains between the panel. The four-wire harness handling when driving. Always use a vehicle and the trailer. Cross the assembly comes without a sway control if the trailer will weigh safety chains under the tongue of connector. the trailer to help prevent the tongue more than these limits. Ask a hitch If the vehicle does not have a trailer from contacting the road if it dealer about sway controls. hitch, the seven-wire harness becomes separated from the hitch. assembly with connector is taped Will any holes need to be made in Always leave just enough slack so together and located in a frame the body of the vehicle when a the rig can turn. Never allow safety pocket at the driver side rear left trailer hitch is installed? chains to drag on the ground. corner of the frame. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (58,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-58 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle has a trailer hitch, the The four-wire harness (without Tow/Haul Mode seven-wire harness assembly with connector) contains the following This button is on the instrument connector is attached to a bracket circuits: panel, to the right of the steering on the hitch platform. In both cases, . Black: Ground wheel. the seven-wire harness has a connector and includes a 30-amp . Red/White: Battery Feed Pressing this button turns on and off feed wire. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal the Tow/Haul Mode. The seven-wire harness connector . Light Blue: CHMSL/Stoplamp contains the following trailer circuits: Supply Voltage . Light Green: Back-up Lamps * If the vehicle is a cutaway with (10A fuse)** trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will . White: Ground be shared for both left/stop trailer turn and right/stop trailer turn . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal signals. However, the cutaway This indicator light on the instrument . Dark Green: Right Rear Stop lighting connector will have a cluster comes on when the Tow/ and Turn Signal* 10 amp fuse for each signal. Haul Mode is on. . Red/Black Stripe: Battery Feed ** If the vehicle is a cutaway with Tow/Haul is a feature that assists (30A Fuse) trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will when pulling a heavy trailer or a be shared for trailer park lamps and . Brown: Trailer Park Lamp large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul Supply Voltage (15A fuse)** cutaway rear lighting connector park Mode on page 9-30. lamps. Also, a 10 amp fuse will be . Yellow: Left Rear Stop and Turn shared for trailer back-up lamps and Signal * cutaway rear lighting connector back-up lamps. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (59,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Driving and Operating 9-59

Tow/Haul is designed to be most Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Conversions and effective when the vehicle and Mode when lightly loaded or with no trailer combined weight is at least trailer at all will not cause damage. Add-Ons 75 percent of the vehicle Gross However, there is no benefit to the Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). selection of Tow/Haul when the Add-On Electrical See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer vehicle is unloaded. Such a Towing on page 9-51. Tow/Haul is selection when unloaded may result Equipment most useful under the following in unpleasant engine and driving conditions: transmission driving characteristics { Caution and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Haul is recommended only when Some electrical equipment can large or heavy load through damage the vehicle or cause rolling terrain. pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load. components to not work and . When pulling a heavy trailer or a would not be covered by the large or heavy load in warranty. Always check with your stop-and-go traffic. dealer before adding electrical . When pulling a heavy trailer or a equipment. large or heavy load in busy parking lots where improved low Add-on equipment can drain the speed control of the vehicle is vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the desired. vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-30 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3-30. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (60,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

9-60 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Fan ...... 10-23 Front Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Sidemarker, and Parking Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 Lamps ...... 10-36 Brakes ...... 10-25 Taillamps ...... 10-36 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-26 Center High-Mounted General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-28 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-37 California Proposition All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-29 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-38 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Front Axle ...... 10-29 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-38 California Perchlorate Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Noise Control System ...... 10-30 Electrical System Accessories and Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 Electrical System Modifications ...... 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Overload ...... 10-39 Lock Control Function Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Checks Breakers ...... 10-40 Doing Your Own Check ...... 10-32 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Compartment Fuse Service Work ...... 10-4 Block ...... 10-40 Hood ...... 10-4 Check ...... 10-32 Park Brake and P (Park) Floor Console Fuse Engine Compartment Block ...... 10-43 Overview ...... 10-6 Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Engine Oil ...... 10-7 Wiper Blade Wheels and Tires Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Replacement ...... 10-33 Tires ...... 10-46 Automatic Transmission Fluid Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires ...... 10-47 (4-Speed Transmission) . . . 10-11 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-33 Winter Tires ...... 10-47 Automatic Transmission All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-48 Fluid (6-Speed Bulb Replacement Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-48 Transmission) ...... 10-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Tire Designations ...... 10-51 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Tire Terminology and Cooling System ...... 10-17 Headlamps ...... 10-34 Definitions ...... 10-52 Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Tire Pressure ...... 10-55 Engine Overheating ...... 10-22 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor Towing the Vehicle General Information System ...... 10-56 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-83 Tire Pressure Monitor Recreational Vehicle For service and parts needs, visit Operation ...... 10-57 Towing ...... 10-83 your dealer. You will receive Tire Inspection ...... 10-61 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tire Rotation ...... 10-61 Appearance Care and supported service people. Dual Tire Rotation ...... 10-62 Exterior Care ...... 10-86 Interior Care ...... 10-91 Genuine GM parts have one of When It Is Time for New these marks: Tires ...... 10-63 Floor Mats ...... 10-94 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 10-65 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 10-66 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-67 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 Tire Chains ...... 10-68 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-69 Tire Changing ...... 10-71 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-79 Jump Starting Jump Starting ...... 10-79 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components 65 Warning Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to the applications, such as airbag Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on initiators, safety belt pretensioners, page 3-30. and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the To open the hood: Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Work page 3-30. Keep a record with all parts receipts { Warning and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on your vehicle if you do not have page 11-15. the proper knowledge, service 1. Pull the handle with this symbol on it. It is in front of the driver manual, tools, or parts. Always { Caution follow owner manual procedures side door frame near the floor. and consult the service manual Even small amounts of for your vehicle before doing any contamination can cause damage service work. to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, If doing some of your own service reservoir caps, or dipsticks. work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 13-11. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-5

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and Before closing the hood, be sure all lift up the secondary hood of the filler caps are on properly. release, which is underneath the Then lift the hood to relieve middle of the hood. pressure on the hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer. Let the hood down and close it firmly.

3. Lift the hood, release the hood prop from its retainer, and put the hood prop into the slot in the hood. If the vehicle has an underhood lamp, it will automatically come on and stay on until the hood is closed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

4.3L V6 Engine Shown (4.8L V8 Engine, 5.3L V8 Engine, and 6.0L V8 Engine Similar) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-7

1. Battery on page 10-28. 9. Brake Master Cylinder . Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Reservoir. See Brake Fluid on page 10-26. proper oil level. See “Checking Cooling System on page 10-17. Engine Oil” and “When to Add 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See 10. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil” in this section. Cooling System on page 10-17. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid on . Change the engine oil at the 4. Automatic Transmission Fluid page 10-25. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking the Life System on page 10-10. Fluid Level” under Automatic Engine Oil . Always dispose of engine oil Transmission Fluid (4-Speed For diesel engine vehicles, see properly. See “What to Do with Transmission) on page 10-11 or Used Oil” in this section. Automatic Transmission Fluid “Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel (6-Speed Transmission) on supplement. Checking Engine Oil page 10-13. To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to to Add Engine Oil” under Engine attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle Oil on page 10-7. Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The important steps will help protect 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. your investment: See Engine Compartment Overview “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil on page 10-7. . Always use engine oil approved on page 10-6 for the location of the to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick. 7. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on the proper viscosity grade. See page 10-16. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. in this section. See Power Steering Fluid on page 10-24. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-8 Vehicle Care

Obtaining an accurate oil level When to Add Engine Oil reading is essential: Caution (Continued) 1. If the engine has been running have an oil level above the recently, turn off the engine and operating range, i.e., the engine allow several minutes for the oil has so much oil that the oil level to drain back into the oil pan. gets above the cross-hatched Checking the oil level too soon area that shows the proper after engine shutoff will not operating range, the engine could provide an accurate oil level If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain reading. area at the tip of the dipstick, add out the excess oil or limit driving 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil of the vehicle and seek a service { Warning and then recheck the level. See professional to remove the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in excess amount of oil. The engine oil dipstick handle this section for an explanation of may be hot; it could burn you. what kind of oil to use. For engine Use a towel or glove to touch the oil crankcase capacity, see See Engine Compartment Overview dipstick handle. Capacities and Specifications on on page 10-6 for the location of the page 12-2. engine oil fill cap. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it Add enough oil to put the level with a paper towel or cloth, then { Caution somewhere in the proper operating push it back in all the way. range. Push the dipstick all the way Remove it again, keeping the tip Do not add too much oil. Oil back in when through. down, and check the level. levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If you find that you (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-9

Selecting the Right Engine Oil specification. See “Specification” { Caution earlier in this section for more Selecting the right engine oil information. depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended specification and viscosity grade. engine oil can result in engine Engine Oil Additives/Engine See Recommended Fluids and damage not covered by the Oil Flushes Lubricants on page 11-12. vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The Specification dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos whether the oil is approved to the specification and displaying the Use and ask for licensed engine oils dexos1 specification. with the dexos1® approved dexos certification mark are all that certification mark. Engine oils is needed for good performance and meeting the requirements for the Viscosity Grade engine protection. vehicle should have the dexos1 SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity Engine oil system flushes are not approved certification mark. This grade for the vehicle. Do not use recommended and could cause certification mark indicates that the other viscosity grade oils such as engine damage not covered by the oil has been approved to the dexos1 SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. vehicle warranty. specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an What to Do with Used Oil area of extreme cold, where the Used engine oil contains certain temperature falls below −29°C elements that can be unhealthy for (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be your skin and could even cause used. An oil of this viscosity grade cancer. Do not let used oil stay on will provide easier cold starting for your skin for very long. Clean your the engine at extremely low skin and nails with soap and water, temperatures. When selecting an oil or a good hand cleaner. Wash or of the appropriate viscosity grade, properly dispose of clothing or rags always select an oil of the correct Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-10 Vehicle Care

containing used engine oil. See the When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil manufacturer's warnings about the that oil life has been diminished, it Life System use and disposal of oil products. indicates that an oil change is Reset the system whenever the Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the environment. If you change your system can calculate the next own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Engine Oil Messages on page 5-33. Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil change. To reset the from the filter before disposal. Never system: dispose of oil by putting it in the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). trash or pouring it on the ground, It is possible that, if driving under 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN into sewers, or into streams or the best conditions, the oil life with the engine off. system might indicate that an oil bodies of water. Recycle it by taking 2. Fully press and release the change is not necessary for up to a it to a place that collects used oil. accelerator pedal slowly three year. The engine oil and filter must times within five seconds. be changed at least once a year Engine Oil Life System and, at this time, the system must 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. When to Change Engine Oil be reset. Your dealer has trained If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service people who will perform this This vehicle has a computer system message comes back on when the work and reset the system. It is also vehicle is started, the engine oil life that indicates when to change the important to check the oil regularly engine oil and filter. This is based system has not reset. Repeat the over the course of an oil drain procedure. on a combination of factors which interval and keep it at the proper include engine revolutions, engine level. temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change. the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-11

Automatic Transmission If not taken to the dealer, be sure to . While pulling a trailer. Fluid (4-Speed follow all the instructions here or a To get the right reading, the fluid false reading on the dipstick could should be at normal operating Transmission) result. temperature, which is 82°C to 93°C If the vehicle has a diesel engine, (180°F to 200°F). see the Duramax diesel supplement { Caution Get the vehicle warmed up by for more information. driving about 24 km (15 mi) when Too much or too little fluid can outside temperatures are above 10° When to Check and Change damage the transmission. Too Automatic Transmission Fluid C (50°F). If it is colder than 10°C much can mean that some of the (50°F), drive the vehicle in 3 (Third) A good time to check the automatic fluid could come out and fall on until the engine temperature gauge transmission fluid level is when the hot engine parts or exhaust moves and then remains steady for engine oil is changed. system parts, starting a fire. Too 10 minutes. little fluid could cause the Change the fluid and filter at the transmission to overheat. Be sure A cold fluid check can be made intervals listed in Maintenance after the vehicle has been sitting for to get an accurate reading if Schedule on page 11-3 and be sure eight hours or more with the engine checking the transmission fluid. to use the transmission fluid listed in off, but this is used only as a Recommended Fluids and reference. Let the engine run at idle Lubricants on page 11-12. Wait at least 30 minutes before for five minutes if outside checking the transmission fluid level temperatures are 10°C (50°F) or How to Check Automatic if you have been driving: more. If it is colder than 10°C Transmission Fluid (50°F), the engine may have to idle . When outside temperatures are Because this operation can be a above 32°C (90°F). longer. Should the fluid level be low little difficult, it may be decided to during this cold check, the fluid must have this done at the dealer. . At high speed for quite a while. be checked hot before adding fluid. . In heavy traffic — especially in Checking the fluid hot will give a hot weather. more accurate reading of the fluid level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-12 Vehicle Care

Checking the Fluid Level The transmission dipstick is near 4. If the fluid level is in the Prepare the vehicle as follows: the center of the engine acceptable range, push the compartment and will be labeled dipstick back in all the way; then 1. Park the vehicle on a level with the graphic shown. flip the handle down to lock the place. Keep the engine running. See Engine Compartment Overview dipstick in place. 2. With the parking brake applied, on page 10-6. How to Add Automatic place the shift lever in P (Park). 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the Transmission Fluid 3. With your foot on the brake dipstick, and wipe it with a clean Refer to Recommended Fluids and pedal, move the shift lever rag or paper towel. Lubricants on page 11-12 to through each gear range, determine what kind of transmission pausing for about three seconds 2. Push it back in all the way, wait fluid to use. in each range. Then, position the three seconds, then pull it back shift lever in P (Park). out again. Using a funnel, add fluid down the transmission dipstick tube only after 4. Let the engine run at idle for checking the transmission fluid three minutes or more. while it is hot. A cold check is used Then, without shutting off the only as a reference. If the fluid level engine, use the steps that follow. is low, add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot check. 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, It does not take much fluid, and read the lower level. The generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do fluid level must be in the COLD not overfill. area for a cold check or in the HOT or cross-hatched area for a hot check. Be sure to keep the dipstick pointed down to get an accurate reading. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-13

Automatic Transmission How to Check Automatic { Caution Fluid (6-Speed Transmission Fluid Use of the incorrect automatic Transmission) Because this operation can be transmission fluid may damage difficult, it is recommended to have the vehicle, and the damage may When to Check and Change this check done at your dealer, not be covered by the vehicle Automatic Transmission Fluid which can monitor the transmission temperature. The transmission fluid warranty. Always use the It is usually not necessary to check level increases with temperature. To automatic transmission fluid listed the transmission fluid level. The only obtain a highly accurate fluid level in Recommended Fluids and reason for fluid loss is a check, the transmission temperature Lubricants on page 11-12. transmission leak or overheated must be measured. transmission. If a small leak is . After adding fluid, recheck the suspected, use the following If it is decided to check the fluid fluid level as described under procedures to check the fluid level. level, be sure to follow all the instructions here, or a false reading “How to Check Automatic However, if there is a large leak, it on the dipstick may occur. Transmission Fluid,” earlier in may be necessary to have the this section. vehicle towed to a dealer and have it repaired before driving the vehicle { Caution . When the correct fluid level is further. obtained, push the dipstick back Too much or too little fluid can in all the way; then flip the Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Maintenance damage the transmission. Too handle down to lock the dipstick much can mean that some of the in place. Schedule on page 11-3, and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in fluid could come out and fall on Recommended Fluids and hot engine parts or exhaust Lubricants on page 11-12. system parts, starting a fire. Too little fluid could cause the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-14 Vehicle Care

A cold fluid level check can be Because the vehicle is equipped Caution (Continued) performed after the vehicle has with a high-efficiency air-to-oil been sitting for eight hours or more cooler, the transmission fluid transmission to overheat. Be sure with the engine off, but this is used temperature may not reach the to get an accurate reading if only as a reference. Let the engine required hot fluid level checking checking the transmission fluid. run at idle for five minutes if the temperature under normal lightly outside temperature is between loaded driving vehicle conditions. 15°C to 32°C (60°F to 90°F). Should Wait at least 30 minutes with the Checking the Fluid Level engine off, before checking the the fluid level be low during this cold transmission fluid level if the vehicle check, the fluid must be checked Prepare the vehicle: has been driven: warm or hot before adding fluid. 1. Park the vehicle on a level If the outside temperature is colder . place. Keep the engine running. In hot weather, when outside than 15°C (60°F) or hotter than temperatures are above 32°C 32°C (90°F), a cold check cannot be 2. With the parking brake applied, (90°F). performed. place the shift lever in P (Park). . The vehicle is heavily loaded. A warm fluid level check can be 3. With a foot on the brake pedal, . At high speed for quite a while in performed by driving the vehicle move the shift lever through hot weather. under lightly loaded conditions and each gear range, pausing for outside temperatures between 10°C about three seconds in each . In heavy traffic and hot weather. to 27°C (50°F to 80°F). The vehicle range. When M is reached, . While pulling a trailer. should be driven for at least 24 km move the selector from M1 through M3. Then, position the After driving under these conditions, (15 mi) before performing a warm shift lever in P (Park). a hot check can be performed. The check. Checking the fluid warm or fluid should be hot, which is 71°C to hot will give a more accurate 4. Let the engine run at idle for 93°C (160°F to 200°F). reading of the fluid level than a cold two minutes or more. check. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-15

Then, without shutting off the 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the How to Add Automatic engine, use the steps that follow. dipstick, and wipe it with a clean Transmission Fluid rag or paper towel. Refer to Recommended Fluids and 2. Push it back in all the way, wait Lubricants on page 11-12 to three seconds, and pull it back determine what kind of transmission out again. fluid to use. 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower level. The fluid level must be in the The transmission dipstick is near COLD (1) range for a cold the center of the engine check, transmission temperature compartment and will be labeled 27°C to 32°C (80°F to 90°F); with the graphic shown. between the COLD (1) and See Engine Compartment Overview HOT (3) range for a WARM (2) 1. WARM Range on page 10-6 for more information check, 50°C to 60°C (122°F to on location. 140°F); or in the HOT (3) 2. HOT Range cross-hatched range for a hot Using a funnel, add fluid down the check, 71°C to 93°C (160°F to transmission dipstick tube only after 200°F). Be sure to keep the checking the transmission fluid dipstick pointed down to get an while it is warm or hot. A cold check accurate reading. is used only as a reference. If the 4. If the fluid level is in the fluid level is low, add only enough of acceptable range, push the the proper fluid to bring the level up 1. COLD Range dipstick back in all the way; then to the middle of the WARM (1) or HOT (2) range depending on the 2. WARM Range flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. ambient temperature and prior 3. HOT Range driving conditions. Refer to “How to Check Automatic Transmission Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-16 Vehicle Care

Fluid” earlier in this section for . When the correct fluid level is When to Inspect the Engine Air instructions on driving to achieve obtained, push the dipstick back Cleaner/Filter warm or hot transmission fluid. in all the way; then flip the It does not take much fluid, handle down to lock the dipstick Inspect or replace the air cleaner/ generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do in place. filter at the scheduled maintenance not overfill. intervals. See Maintenance Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Schedule on page 11-3. If driving in dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the { Caution filter at each engine oil change. Use of the incorrect automatic How to Inspect the Engine Air transmission fluid may damage Cleaner/Filter the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle To inspect the air cleaner/filter, remove the filter from the vehicle warranty. Always use the and lightly shake it to release loose automatic transmission fluid listed dust and dirt. If the filter remains in Recommended Fluids and covered with dirt, a new filter is Lubricants on page 11-12. required. Never use compressed air to clean the filter. . After adding fluid, recheck the To inspect or replace the engine air fluid level as described under The engine air cleaner/filter is near cleaner/filter: “How to Check Automatic the center of the engine Transmission Fluid,” earlier in 1. Unhook the retainer clips and this section. compartment. See Engine remove the cover. Compartment Overview on 2. Lift the filter out of the engine air page 10-6. cleaner/filter housing. Care should be taken to dislodge as little dirt as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-17

3. Clean the engine air cleaner/ filter housing. { Caution 4. Inspect or replace the engine air If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt cleaner/filter. Make sure that the can easily get into the engine, filter fits properly into the which could damage it. Always housing. have the air cleaner/filter in place 5. Reinstall the cover and fasten when you are driving. the retaining clips. Cooling System { Warning The cooling system allows the Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct 4.3L V6 Engine Shown (4.8L cleaner/filter off can cause you or working temperature. V8 Engine, 5.3L V8 Engine, and others to be burned. The air 6.0L V8 Engine Similar) cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine 1. Radiator Pressure Cap backfires. Use caution when 2. Coolant Recovery Tank working on the engine and do not 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out drive with the air cleaner/filter off. of View) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-18 Vehicle Care

What to Use { Warning { Caution

An electric engine cooling fan can Using coolant other than { Warning start even when the engine is not DEX-COOL® can cause Adding only plain water or some running. To avoid injury, always premature engine, heater core, other liquid to the cooling system keep hands, clothing, and tools or radiator corrosion. In addition, can be dangerous. Plain water away from any engine the engine coolant could require and other liquids, can boil before cooling fan. changing sooner. Any repairs the proper coolant mixture will. would not be covered by the The coolant warning system is set vehicle warranty. Always use for the proper coolant mixture. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant With plain water or the wrong { Warning in the vehicle. mixture, the engine could get too Heater and radiator hoses, and hot but you would not get the other engine parts, can be very Engine Coolant overheat warning. The engine hot. Do not touch them. If you do, could catch fire and you or others The cooling system in the vehicle is you can be burned. could be burned. Use a 50/ filled with DEX-COOL® engine 50 mixture of clean, drinkable Do not run the engine if there is a coolant. This coolant is designed to leak. If you run the engine, it remain in the vehicle for 5 years or water and DEX-COOL coolant. could lose all coolant. That could 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever cause an engine fire, and you occurs first. could be burned. Get any leak The following explains the cooling fixed before you drive the vehicle. system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10-22. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (19,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-19

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Check to see if coolant is visible in drinkable water and DEX-COOL Caution (Continued) the coolant recovery tank. If the coolant. If using this mixture, coolant inside the coolant recovery nothing else needs to be added. mixture can freeze and crack tank is boiling, do not do anything This mixture: engine cooling parts. The repairs else until it cools down. If coolant is would not be covered by the visible but the coolant level is not at . Gives freezing protection down vehicle warranty. Use only the or above the COLD FILL mark, add to −37°C (−34°F), outside proper mixture of engine coolant temperature. a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable for the cooling system. See water and DEX-COOL coolant at the . Gives boiling protection up to Recommended Fluids and coolant recovery tank, but be sure 129°C (265°F), engine Lubricants on page 11-12. the cooling system is cool before temperature. this is done. . Protects against rust and Never dispose of engine coolant by corrosion. putting it in the trash, pouring it on . Will not damage aluminum parts. the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant . Helps keep the proper engine changed by an authorized service temperature. center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used { Caution coolant disposal. This will help The coolant recovery tank cap has protect the environment and your this symbol on it. If improper coolant mixture, health. When the engine is cold, the coolant inhibitors, or additives are used in level should be at or above the the vehicle cooling system, the Checking Coolant COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there engine could overheat and be The vehicle must be on a level could be a leak in the cooling damaged. Too much water in the surface when checking the coolant system. (Continued) level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (20,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-20 Vehicle Care

If the coolant is low, add the coolant If coolant is needed, add the proper or take the vehicle to a dealer for DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the service. coolant recovery tank. How to Add Coolant to the How to Add Coolant to the Recovery Tank for Gasoline Radiator Engines 1. Remove the radiator pressure { Warning cap when the cooling system, { Warning including the radiator pressure Steam and scalding liquids from a cap and upper radiator hose, is You can be burned if you spill hot cooling system can blow out no longer hot. Turn the pressure coolant on hot engine parts. and burn you badly. Never turn cap slowly counterclockwise Coolant contains ethylene glycol the cap when the cooling system, until it first stops. Do not press and it will burn if the engine parts including the surge tank pressure down while turning the are hot enough. Do not spill cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling pressure cap. coolant on a hot engine. system and surge tank pressure If a hiss is heard, wait for that to cap to cool. stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. If coolant is needed, add the proper { Caution 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, mixture directly to the radiator, but but now push down as you turn be sure the cooling system is cool This vehicle has a specific it. Remove the pressure cap. coolant fill procedure. Failure to before this is done. follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (21,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-21

3. Fill the radiator with the proper 4. Fill the coolant recovery tank to 6. Start the engine and let it run DEX-COOL coolant mixture, up the COLD FILL mark. until the upper radiator hose can to the base of the filler neck. 5. Reinstall the cap back on the be felt getting hot. Watch out for See Recommended Fluids and coolant recovery tank, but leave the engine cooling fan. Lubricants on page 11-12 for the radiator pressure cap off. 7. By this time, the coolant level more information about the inside the radiator filler neck proper coolant mixture. may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper DEX-COOL coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (22,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-22 Vehicle Care

8. Replace the pressure cap. At If the decision is made not to lift the any time during this procedure if hood when this warning appears, { Caution coolant begins to flow out of the but instead get service help right filler neck, reinstall the away, see Roadside Assistance Running the engine without pressure cap. Program on page 13-5. coolant may cause damage or a fire. Vehicle damage would not be If the decision is made to lift the covered by the vehicle warranty. { Caution hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface. If the pressure cap is not tightly If Steam is Coming from the Then check to see if the engine installed, coolant loss and Engine Compartment possible engine damage may cooling fans are running. If the engine is overheating, the fan occur. Be sure the cap is properly { Warning and tightly secured. should be running. If it is not, do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. Steam from an overheated engine Engine Overheating can burn you badly, even if you See if the engine cooling fan speed just open the hood. Stay away If the vehicle has a diesel engine, increases when idle speed is from the engine if you see or hear doubled by pushing the accelerator see the Duramax diesel steam coming from it. Just turn it pedal down. If it does not, the supplement. off and get everyone away from vehicle needs service. Turn off the The vehicle has an indicator to warn engine. the vehicle until it cools down. of engine overheating. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open There is an engine coolant temperature gauge on the vehicle's the hood. instrument cluster. See Engine (Continued) Coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5-13. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (23,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-23

If the overheat warning is displayed If there is still no sign of steam, Warning (Continued) with no sign of steam: push down the accelerator until the 1. Turn the air off. engine speed is about twice as fast If you keep driving when the as normal idle speed for at least engine is overheated, the liquids 2. Turn the heater on to the highest three minutes while parked. If the in it can catch fire. You or others temperature and to the highest warning is still on, turn off the could be badly burned. Stop the fan speed. Open the windows as engine until it cools down. engine if it overheats, and get out necessary. of the vehicle until the engine If the decision is made not to lift the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off hood, get service help right away. is cool. the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and let the Engine Fan If No Steam is Coming from engine idle. the Engine Compartment The vehicle has a clutched engine If the engine coolant temperature cooling fan. When the clutch is If an engine overheat warning is gauge is no longer in the overheat engaged, the fan spins faster to displayed but no steam can be seen zone or an overheat warning no provide more air to cool the engine. or heard, the problem may not be longer displays, the vehicle can be In most everyday driving conditions, too serious. Sometimes the engine driven. Continue to drive the vehicle the fan is spinning slower and the can get a little too hot when the slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a clutch is not fully engaged. This vehicle: safe vehicle distance from the improves fuel economy and reduces vehicle in front. If the warning does . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. fan noise. Under heavy vehicle not come back on, continue to drive loading, trailer towing, and/or high . Stops after high-speed driving. normally and have the cooling outside temperatures, the fan speed system checked for proper fit and . Idles for long periods in traffic. increases as the clutch more fully function. engages, so an increase in fan . Tows a trailer. See “Driving on If the warning continues, pull over, noise may be heard. This is normal Grades” under Trailer Towing on stop, and park the vehicle and should not be mistaken as the page 9-51. right away. transmission slipping or making Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (24,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-24 Vehicle Care

extra shifts. It is merely the cooling When to Check Power Steering The level should be at the COLD system functioning properly. The fan Fluid FILL mark. If necessary, add only will slow down when additional enough fluid to bring the level up to cooling is not required and the It is not necessary to regularly the mark. clutch partially disengages. check power steering fluid unless there is a leak suspected in the To prevent contamination of brake This fan noise may be heard when system or an unusual noise is fluid, never check or fill the power starting the engine. It will go away heard. A fluid loss in this system steering reservoir with the brake as the fan clutch partially could indicate a problem. Have the master cylinder cover off. disengages. system inspected and repaired. What to Use Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering Fluid { Caution

To check the power steering fluid: Use of the incorrect fluid may 1. Turn the key off and let the damage the vehicle and the engine compartment cool down. damages may not be covered by 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the the vehicle warranty. Always use reservoir clean. the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and The power steering fluid reservoir is 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Lubricants on page 11-12. in the engine compartment on the dipstick with a clean rag. driver side of the vehicle. See 4. Replace the cap and completely Engine Compartment Overview on To determine what kind of fluid to tighten it. page 10-6 for reservoir location. use, see Recommended Fluids and 5. Remove the cap again and look Lubricants on page 11-12. Always at the fluid level on the dipstick. use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (25,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-25

Washer Fluid Brakes { Caution What to Use This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc . Do not use engine coolant brake pads have built-in wear When the vehicle needs windshield (antifreeze) in the windshield indicators that make a high-pitched washer fluid, be sure to read the washer. It can damage the warning sound when the brake pads manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer system are worn and new pads are needed. use. If operating the vehicle in an and paint. The sound can come and go or be area where the temperature may fall . heard all the time when the vehicle below freezing, use a fluid that has Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. is moving, except when applying the sufficient protection against brake pedal firmly. freezing. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the Adding Washer Fluid washer fluid tank and other { Warning parts of the washer system. The brake wear warning sound . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will washer fluid, follow the not work well. That could lead to manufacturer instructions for adding water. a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the . Fill the washer fluid tank only vehicle serviced. three-quarters full when it is Open the cap with the washer very cold. This allows for fluid symbol on it. Add washer fluid until expansion if freezing occurs, the tank is full. See Engine which could damage the tank { Caution Compartment Overview on if it is completely full. page 10-6 for reservoir location. Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (26,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-26 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when the The braking system on a vehicle is brakes are first applied or lightly complex. Its many parts have to be applied. This does not mean of top quality and work well together something is wrong with the brakes. if the vehicle is to have really good Properly torqued wheel nuts are braking. The vehicle was designed necessary to help prevent brake and tested with top-quality brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, parts. When parts of the braking inspect brake pads for wear and system are replaced, be sure to get The brake master cylinder reservoir evenly tighten wheel nuts in the new, approved replacement parts. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See proper sequence to torque If this is not done, the brakes might Engine Compartment Overview on specifications. See Capacities and not work properly. For example, page 10-6 for the location of the Specifications on page 12-2. installing disc brake pads that are reservoir. Brake pads should be replaced as wrong for the vehicle, can change the balance between the front and There are only two reasons why the complete sets. brake fluid level in the reservoir rear brakes — for the worse. The Brake Pedal Travel braking performance expected can might go down: . See your dealer if the brake pedal change in many other ways if the The brake fluid level goes down does not return to normal height, wrong replacement brake parts are because of normal brake lining or if there is a rapid increase in installed. wear. When new linings are pedal travel. This could be a sign installed, the fluid level goes that brake service might be back up. required. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause Brake Adjustment a low fluid level. Have the brake Every time the brakes are applied, hydraulic system fixed, since a with or without the vehicle moving, leak means that sooner or later the brakes adjust for wear. the brakes will not work well. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (27,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-27

Do not top off the brake fluid. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule After work is done on the brake Adding fluid does not correct a leak. to determine when to check the hydraulic system, make sure the If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid. See Maintenance level is above the MIN but not over worn, there will be too much fluid Schedule on page 11-3. the MAX mark. when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Checking Brake Fluid What to Add as necessary, only when work is Check brake fluid by looking at the Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid done on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid reservoir. See Engine from a sealed container. See Compartment Overview on Recommended Fluids and { Warning page 10-6. Lubricants on page 11-12. Always clean the brake fluid If too much brake fluid is added, it reservoir cap and the area around can spill on the engine and/or fuel the cap before removing it. This operated heater parts, helps keep dirt from entering the if equipped. If the vehicle has a reservoir. diesel engine and a fuel operated heater, see “Fuel Operated { Warning Heater (FOH)” in the diesel engine supplement. The fluid will With the wrong kind of fluid in the burn if the engine is hot enough. brake hydraulic system, the You or others could be burned, brakes might not work well. This and the vehicle could be could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Add brake fluid only the proper brake fluid. when work is done on the brake The fluid level should be above hydraulic system. See “Checking MIN. If it is not, have the brake Brake Fluid” in this section. hydraulic system checked to see if there is a leak. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (28,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-28 Vehicle Care

Battery Vehicle Storage { Caution Refer to the replacement number . Using the wrong fluid can shown on the original battery label { Warning badly damage brake when a new battery is needed. See Batteries have acid that can burn hydraulic system parts. For Engine Compartment Overview on you and gas that can explode. example, just a few drops of page 10-6 for battery location. mineral-based oil, such as You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting on engine oil, in the brake { Warning hydraulic system can damage page 10-79 for tips on working brake hydraulic system parts Battery posts, terminals, and around a battery without so badly that they will have to related accessories contain lead getting hurt. be replaced. Do not let and lead compounds, chemicals someone put in the wrong known to the State of California to Infrequent Usage: Remove the kind of fluid. cause cancer and reproductive black, negative (−) cable from the . If brake fluid is spilled on the harm. Wash hands after handling. battery to keep the battery from vehicle's painted surfaces, running down. the paint finish can be Extended Storage: Remove the damaged. Be careful not to black, negative (−) cable from the spill brake fluid on the battery or use a battery trickle vehicle. If you do, wash it off charger. immediately. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (29,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-29

All-Wheel Drive 2. Fill Plug How to Check Lubricant Transfer Case If the level is below the bottom of To get an accurate reading, the the fill plug hole, on the transfer vehicle should be on a level When to Check Lubricant case, some lubricant will need to be surface. added. Add enough lubricant to Refer to the Maintenance Schedule raise the level to the bottom of the to determine how often to check the fill plug hole. Use care not to lubricant. See Maintenance overtighten the plug. Schedule on page 11-3. What to Use How to Check Lubricant Refer to Recommended Fluids and To get an accurate reading, the Lubricants on page 11-12 to vehicle should be on a level determine what kind of lubricant surface. to use. Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, some lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule may need to be added. to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it. When the differential is cold, add See Maintenance Schedule on enough lubricant to raise the level to page 11-3. 10 mm (3/8 in) below the fill plug hole.

1. Drain Plug Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (30,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-30 Vehicle Care

When the differential is at operating How to Check Lubricant What to Use temperature (warm), add enough Refer to Recommended Fluids and lubricant to raise the level to the Lubricants on page 11-12 to bottom of the fill plug hole. determine what kind of lubricant What to Use to use. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 to Noise Control System determine what kind of lubricant The following information relates to to use. compliance with federal noise emission standards for vehicles with Rear Axle a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg When to Check Lubricant (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance Refer to the Maintenance Schedule Schedule provides information on To get an accurate reading, the maintaining the noise control system on page 11-3 to determine how vehicle should be on a level often to check the lubricant. to minimize degradation of the noise surface. emission control system during the If you have the 1500 Series, the life of the vehicle. The noise control proper level is from 15 mm (5/8 in) to system warranty is given in the 40 mm (1 5/8 in) below the bottom of vehicle warranty booklet. the fill plug hole. The proper level These standards apply only to for the 2500 and 3500 Series is vehicles sold in the United States. from 0 to 6 mm (1/4 in) below the bottom of the fill plug hole. Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (31,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-31

Federal law prohibits the following Engine: Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) — acts or the causing thereof: Diesel Engine: . Removal or rendering engine 1. The removal or rendering speed governor, if the vehicle . Removal of the muffler. inoperative by any person, other has one, inoperative so as to than for purposes of allow engine speed to exceed Starter Switch Check maintenance, repair or manufacturer specifications. replacement, of any device or { Warning element of design incorporated Fan and Drive: into any new vehicle for the . Removal of fan clutch, if the When you are doing this purpose of noise control, prior to vehicle has one, or rendering inspection, the vehicle could its sale or delivery to the ultimate clutch inoperative. move suddenly. If the vehicle purchaser or while it is in use; or . Removal of the fan shroud, if the moves, you or others could be 2. The use of the vehicle after such vehicle has one. injured. device or element of design has Air Intake: been removed or rendered 1. Before starting this check, be inoperative by any person. . Removal of the air cleaner silencer. sure there is enough room Among those acts presumed to around the vehicle. constitute tampering are the acts . Modification of the air cleaner. listed below. 2. Apply both the parking brake Exhaust: and the regular brake. Insulation: . Removal of the muffler and/or Do not use the accelerator . Removal of the noise shields or resonator. pedal, and be ready to turn off any underhood insulation. . Removal of the exhaust pipes the engine immediately if it and exhaust pipe clamps. starts. 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (32,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-32 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the service. engine. Without applying the Mechanism Check regular brake, try to move the Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning Shift Lock Control normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check, Function Check your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured { Warning Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged. Lock Check Make sure there is room in front When you are doing this of the vehicle in case it begins to inspection, the vehicle could If equipped with a key type ignition, roll. Be ready to apply the regular move suddenly. If the vehicle while parked and with the parking brake at once should the vehicle moves, you or others could be brake set, try to turn the ignition to begin to move. injured. LOCK/OFF in each shift lever position. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the 1. Before starting this check, be . The ignition should turn to vehicle facing downhill. Keeping sure there is enough room LOCK/OFF only when the shift your foot on the regular brake, set around the vehicle. It should be lever is in P (Park). the parking brake. parked on a level surface. . The ignition key should come . To check the parking brake's 2. Apply the parking brake. Be out only in LOCK/OFF. holding ability: With the engine ready to apply the regular brake Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in immediately if the vehicle begins required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot to move. pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (33,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-33

. To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued) Headlamp Aiming With the engine running, shift to Headlamp aim has been preset and P (Park). Then release the the windshield. Any damage that should need no further adjustment. parking brake followed by the occurs would not be covered by regular brake. your warranty. Do not allow the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, wiper arm to touch the windshield. the headlamp aim may be affected. Contact your dealer if service is If adjustment to the headlamps is required. necessary, see your dealer. 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the Wiper Blade Replacement windshield. Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11-3. Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11-14. 2. Push the release lever (2) to { Caution disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the Allowing the wiper arm to touch blade assembly (3). the windshield when no wiper 3. Push the new blade assembly blade is installed could damage securely on the wiper arm until (Continued) the release lever clicks into place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (34,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-34 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement Headlamps For the proper type of replacement Composite Headlamp bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10-38. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning 1. High-Beam Headlamp 2. Remove the two bolts from the Halogen bulbs have pressurized headlamp assembly. 2. Low-Beam Headlamp gas inside and can burst if you 3. Lift the headlamp assembly to drop or scratch the bulb. You or To remove the headlamp assembly release the lower tabs from the others could be injured. Be sure from the vehicle and access the radiator support. to read and follow the instructions bulbs: 4. Turn the headlamp forward and on the bulb package. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on upward to remove it from the page 10-4. grille. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (35,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-35

8. Reverse the steps to reinstall the To replace one of these bulbs: headlamp assembly. 1. Remove the four screws (1) from To prevent headlamp vibration the headlamp retainer (2). and shortened bulb life, be sure Pull the retainer (2) out and set it to insert the headlamp assembly aside. tabs in the slots at the lower portion of the housing. 2. Pull the bulb (3) forward to gain access to the electrical Sealed-Beam Headlamp connector.

5. Disconnect the electrical connector. 6. Turn the bulb counterclockwise one-quarter turn to remove it from the headlamp assembly. 7. Install the new bulb into the headlamp assembly and connect the electrical connector.

1. Headlamp retainer screws 3. Disconnect the electrical 2. Headlamp retainer connector (2) and remove the 3. Sealed-beam headlamp bulb headlamp bulb (1). 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall the headlamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (36,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-36 Vehicle Care

Front Turn Signal, 1. Use a small tool to unlatch the Taillamps outboard clip on the lamp by Sidemarker, and Parking pushing inboard and prying the To replace a taillamp/turn signal Lamps lamp assembly forward. lamp or back-up lamp bulb: 2. Remove the lamp from the grille. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise one-quarter turn and remove it from the lamp assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling it straight out. 5. Replace the bulb. 1. Front Parking and Turn 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise Signal Lamp to reinstall it in the lamp 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp assembly. 1. Remove the two inboard nuts 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly into To replace the front turn signal, from the inside of the taillamp the grille until the outboard clip sidemarker, and/or parking lamp assembly. bulb(s): snaps into place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (37,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-37

5. Remove the taillamp assembly 9. Reinstall the bulb socket by from the vehicle. turning it clockwise into the lamp assembly. 10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the taillamp assembly and applique. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) The CHMSL is above the rear doors at the center of the vehicle. 2. The third nut (3) is under the To replace a bulb: applique piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the two inboard applique nuts. Pull the 6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal applique (2) straight rearward lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) slightly to clear the studs. Then bulb socket by turning it rotate the applique (2) just far counterclockwise one-quarter enough to gain access to the turn and pulling it out of the lamp outer push pins (1). assembly. 3. Carefully disconnect the push 7. Remove the bulb by pulling it pins (1) from the applique straight out. bracket. 8. Push the new bulb into the 4. Remove the third nut (3) from socket. the upper outboard side of the lamp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (38,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-38 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the two screws from the License Plate Lamp 4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to CHMSL assembly. reinstall the license plate bulb 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly. assembly. 3. Turn the bulb socket Replacement Bulbs counterclockwise one-quarter Bulb turn to remove it from the lamp Exterior Lamp assembly. Number 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of Back-up, Rear 3157KX the socket and push the new Parking, Stoplamp, bulb into the socket. and Turn Signal Lamp 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise one-quarter turn to install it in Center 912LL the lamp assembly. High-Mounted 1. Bulb Socket Stoplamp 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly (CHMSL) and two screws. 2. License Plate Bulb Assembly Front Parking and 3157KX 3. Screws Do not block or damage the CHMSL Turn Signal Lamp when items are loaded on the roof To replace one of these bulbs: of the vehicle. Front 194LL 1. Remove the screws (3) that Sidemarker Lamp secure the license plate bulb assembly (2). License 194LL Plate Lamp 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket. 3. Install the new bulb. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (39,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-39

Bulb Headlamp Wiring Exterior Lamp Electrical System Number An electrical overload may cause Headlamps Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in Overload some cases to remain off. Have the Composite 9005LL headlamp wiring checked right away High-Beam The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or Headlamp breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. Composite 9006LL Windshield Wipers Low-Beam When the current electrical load is Headlamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield Sealed Beam H6054 until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools Headlamp normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. greatly reduces the chance of circuit For replacement bulbs not listed Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by here, contact your dealer. from electrical overload, overload electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (40,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-40 Vehicle Care

Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Breakers Fuse Block The wiring circuits in the vehicle are The fuse block is located in the protected from short circuits by a engine compartment on the driver combination of fuses and circuit side of the vehicle. breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical { Caution problems. Look at the silver-colored band Spilling liquid on any electrical inside the fuse. If the band is broken component on the vehicle may or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure damage it. Always keep the you replace a bad fuse with a new covers on any electrical one of the identical size and rating. component. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (41,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-41

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Mini Fuse Usage 3 Right Stop/Turn Trailer 4 Spare 5 Spare 6 Fuel System Control Module Ignition 7 Body Control Module 5 8 Body Control Module 7 9 Body Control Module 4 10 Instrument Cluster 11 Trailer Wiring 12 Inside Rear Vision Camera Module 13 Spare Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (42,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-42 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage 14 Windshield Washer 29 Steering Wheel 52 Right High-Beam Sensor Headlamp 16 Horn 30 Engine Control 53 Left Low-Beam 17 Transmission Module Ignition/ Headlamp 18 Air Conditioning Glow Plug Module 54 Right Low-Beam Compressor 31 Transmission Headlamp 19 Engine Control Control Module 55 Wiper Module Battery Ignition 56 Canister Vent 20 Spare 32 Transmission Solenoid Control Module 21 Left Stop/Turn Battery 58 Body Control Trailer Module 2 33 Rear Parking Aid 22 Spare Module 59 Body Control 23 Spare Module 1 34 Spare 24 Fuel Pump 61 Spare 35 Fuel Operated 25 Auxiliary Power Heater Module 62 Oxygen Sensor 2 Outlet (Post), EV Fan 36 Fuel System (Diesel) 26 Body Control Control Module Module 3 Battery 63 Spare 27 Special Equipment 51 Left High-Beam 64 Mass Air Flow/ Option Headlamp Canister Vent 28 Airbag Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (43,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-43

Mini Fuse Usage Mini Fuse Usage Relay Usage 65 Odd Ignition/ 77 Oxygen Sensor 15 Run/Crank Injectors 2 (Pre) 37 Spare 66 Daytime Running 78 Engine Control 38 Fuel Pump Lamps 2 Module Powertrain (LOLVL-V22) (If 39 Crank 79 Even Ignition/ Equipped) Injectors 40 Air Conditioning 67 Daytime Running Compressor Lamps 1 (UPLVL J-Case Fuse Usage 48 Fan High +V22) (If Equipped) 1 ABS Motor 49 Powertrain 68 Auxiliary Stop 2 ABS Module 50 Spare Lamps 41 Spare 57 Fan Low 69 Trailer Stop Lamps 42 Trailer Wiring 60 Fan Control 70 Spare 43 Fan High Floor Console Fuse Block 71 Fuel Heater/Flex 44 Starter Solenoid Fuel Sensor The floor console fuse block is 45 Engine Control under the driver seat. 72 Body Control Module/Powertrain Module 6 46 Spare 73 Lighter/Data Link Connection 47 Fan Lo 75 V6 Fuel Injectors 74 Front Blower 76 Spare Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (44,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-44 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Mini-Fuse Usage F1 Empty F2 Steering Wheel Sensor F3 Auxiliary Parking Lamps (Cut-Away) F4 Front Park Lamps F5 Trailer Park Lamps F6 Upfitter Park Lamps F7 Right Rear Park Lamp F8 Left Rear Park Lamp F9 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch F10 Airbag/Automatic Occupant Sensing F11 OnStar® (If Equipped) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (45,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-45

Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage Mini-Fuse Usage F12 Empty F22 Ignition Switch/ F36 Driver Door Unlock Discrete Logic F13 Heating, Ventilation F37 Empty Ignition and Air Sensor (PK3) F38 Empty Conditioning 2 F23 Instrument Cluster F14 Heating, Ventilation J-Case Fuse Usage and Air F25 Heating, Ventilation Conditioning 1 and Air F16 Upfitter Auxiliary 1 Conditioning Gas Ambulance F15 Empty Control F24 Empty F17 Outside Rearview F26 Auxiliary/Trailer Mirror Heater F28 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 Backup Reading Lamps F18 Rear Window F27 Taillamps Backup Gas Ambulance Defogger F30 Upfitter Courtesy F29 Rear Blower F19 Compass Lamps F20 Radio/Chime/ F31 Front Door Lock Relays Usage SiriusXM Satellite Radio (If Equipped) F32 Rear Door Lock K1 Run (High Current Micro) F21 Remote Function F33 Cargo Door Unlock Actuator/Tire K2 Empty (High F34 Passenger Door Pressure Monitor Current Micro) Unlock K3 Park Lamps (High F35 Rear Passenger Current Micro) Door Unlock Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (46,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-46 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) K4 Upfitter Auxiliary 2 (High Current Mini) Tires and a serious crash. See Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on K5 Rear Defogger page 9-10. (High Current high-quality tires made by a Micro) leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose K6 Retained the warranty manual for the same danger as Accessory Power information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The (RAP) (High warranty and where to get resulting crash could Current Micro) service. For additional cause serious injury. information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently Circuit Usage manufacturer. to maintain the Breaker recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be CB1 Power Seats { Warning checked when the tires CB2 Power Windows . Poorly maintained and are cold. improperly used tires are . dangerous. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, . Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden cause overheating as a impact — such as when result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep There could be a blowout tires at the recommended (Continued) pressure. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (47,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-47

All-Season Tires Winter Tires Warning (Continued) This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally . Worn or old tires can all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter cause a crash. If the tread designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased is badly worn, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered replace them. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered have been damaged by have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer impacts with potholes, molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will page 10-64. can cause a crash. Only be “MS.” the dealer or an With winter tires, there may be authorized tire service Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction, the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter replace, dismount, and expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle mount the tires. adequate performance for most handling and braking. . Do not spin the tires in winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: excess of 56 km/h may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter . Use tires of the same brand and (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel surfaces such as snow, See Winter Tires on page 10-47. positions. mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (48,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-48 Vehicle Care

. Use only radial ply tires of the Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the same size, load range, and “Tire Size” illustration later in this speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. equipment tires. molded into the sidewall. The Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire rating as the original equipment tires passenger vehicle and light Performance Criteria may not be available for H, V, W, Y, truck tire sidewall. Specification): Original and ZR speed rated tires. If winter equipment tires designed to tires with a lower speed rating are GM's specific tire performance chosen, never exceed the tire's criteria have a TPC specification maximum speed capability. code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or All-Terrain Tires exceed all federal safety This vehicle may have All-Terrain guidelines. Tires. These tires provide good (3) DOT (Department of performance on most road surfaces, Transportation): The weather conditions, and for off-road driving. Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the The tread pattern on these tires may Passenger (P-Metric) Tire tire is in compliance with the wear more quickly than other tires. U.S. Department of Consider rotating the tires more (1) Tire Size: The tire size code frequently than at 12 000 km Transportation Motor Vehicle is a combination of letters and Safety Standards. (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear numbers used to define a is noted when the tires are particular tire's width, height, inspected. See Tire Inspection on page 10-61. aspect ratio, construction type, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (49,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-49

DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, (01-52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature the year. For example, the third resistance. For more week of the year 2010 would information, see Uniform Tire have a four-digit DOT date Quality Grading on page 10-66. of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire following the DOT code are the maximum pressure needed to (1) Tire Size: The tire size code Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. For is a combination of letters and The TIN shows the information on recommended numbers used to define a manufacturer and plant code, tire pressure see Tire Pressure particular tire's width, height, tire size, and date the tire was on page 10-55 and Vehicle Load aspect ratio, construction type, manufactured. The TIN is Limits on page 9-10. and service description. See the molded onto both sides of the “Tire Size” illustration later in this tire, although only one side may section for more detail. have the date of manufacture. (5) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (50,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-50 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (Tire (4) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is Performance Criteria Transportation): The molded onto both sides of the Specification): Original Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may equipment tires designed to (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. GM's specific tire performance tire is in compliance with the (6) Tire Ply Material: The type criteria have a TPC specification U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in code molded onto the sidewall. Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. GM's TPC specifications meet or Safety Standards. (7) Single Tire Maximum exceed all federal safety DOT Tire Date of guidelines. This does not apply Load: Maximum load that can Manufacture: The last four be carried and the maximum to Goodyear LT225/75R16 G949 digits of the TIN indicate the tire RSA and Goodyear LT225/ pressure needed to support that manufactured date. The first two load when used as a single. For 75R16 G933 RSD commercial digits represent the week truck tires. information on recommended (01-52) and the last two digits, tire pressure see Tire Pressure (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load: the year. For example, the third on page 10-55 and Vehicle Load Maximum load that can be week of the year 2010 would Limits on page 9-10. carried and the maximum have a four-digit DOT date pressure needed to support that of 0310. load when used in a dual (5) Tire Identification Number configuration. For information on (TIN): The letters and numbers recommended tire pressure see following the DOT code are the Tire Pressure on page 10-55 Tire Identification Number (TIN). and Vehicle Load Limits on The TIN shows the page 9-10. manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (51,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-51

Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a Tire Size height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. The following examples show For example, if the tire size the different parts of a tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item 3 of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide. (4) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate the type Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire The letter R means radial ply Tire: The United States version (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: construction; the letter D means of a metric tire sizing system. The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply The letters LT as the first two metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B characters in the tire size mean letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply a light truck tire engineered to the tire size means a passenger construction. standards set by the U.S. Tire vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of and Rim Association. standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. (2) Tire Width: The three-digit and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These number indicates the tire section (2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load width in millimeters from number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the sidewall to sidewall. width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (52,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-52 Vehicle Care

(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit (6) Load Range: Load Range. Tire Terminology and number that indicates the tire (7) Service Description: The Definitions height-to-width measurements. service description indicates the For example, if the tire size Air Pressure: The amount of load index and speed rating of a air inside the tire pressing aspect ratio is 75, as shown in tire. If two numbers are given as item 3 of the light truck outward on each square inch of in the example, 120/116, then the tire. Air pressure is (LT-Metric) tire illustration, it this represents the load index for would mean that the tire's expressed in kPa (kilopascal) single versus dual wheel usage or psi (pounds per square inch). sidewall is 75 percent as high as (single/dual). The speed rating is it is wide. the maximum speed a tire is Accessory Weight: The (4) Construction Code: A letter certified to carry a load. This combined weight of optional code is used to indicate the type does not apply to Goodyear accessories. Some examples of of ply construction in the tire. LT225/75R16 G949 RSA and optional accessories are The letter R means radial ply Goodyear LT225/75R16 G933 automatic transmission, power construction; the letter D means RSD commercial truck tires; see windows, power seats, and air diagonal or bias ply the dual tire and single tire conditioning. construction; and the letter B maximum load and load range Aspect Ratio: The relationship means belted-bias ply letter designations on the tire of a tire's height to its width. construction. sidewall. Belt: A rubber coated layer of (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of cords between the plies and the the wheel in inches. tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (53,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-53

Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code molded Intended Outboard Sidewall: steel wires wrapped by steel into the sidewall of a tire The side of an asymmetrical tire cords that hold the tire onto signifying that the tire is in that must always face outward the rim. compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric in which the plies are laid at (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety unit for air pressure. alternate angles less than Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A 90 degrees to the centerline of tire used on light duty trucks and the tread. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also some multipurpose passenger Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, vehicles. amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 or psi (pounds per square inch) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load before a tire has built up heat carrying capacity of a tire. from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 10-55. on page 9-10. Maximum Inflation Pressure: GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight The maximum air pressure to Curb Weight: The weight of a which a cold tire can be inflated. motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits on The maximum air pressure is optional equipment including the molded onto the sidewall. maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9-10. and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation page 9-10. pressure for that tire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (54,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-54 Vehicle Care

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Speed Rating: An Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and alphanumeric code assigned to weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and a tire indicating the maximum vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. speed at which a tire can production options weight. Recommended Inflation operate. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle Traction: The friction between number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended the tire and the road surface. is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire Tread: The portion of a tire that Limits on page 9-10. Pressure on page 10-55 and comes into contact with Occupant Distribution: Vehicle Load Limits on the road. page 9-10. Designated seating positions. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic bands, sometimes called wear side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that bars, that show across the tread has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at of a tire when only 1.6 mm outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of (1/16 in) of tread remains. See vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread. When It Is Time for New Tires contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire on page 10-63. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. Grading Standards): A tire model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire information system that provides higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. consumers with ratings for a moldings on the other sidewall tire's traction, temperature, and of the tire. treadwear. Ratings are Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (55,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-55

determined by tire See “Tire and Loading Caution (Continued) manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9-10. Overinflated tires, or tires that The ratings are molded into the have too much air, can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure result in: Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of . Unusual wear. page 10-66. air pressure to operate Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively. . Poor handling. number of designated seating . Rough ride. positions multiplied by { Caution . Needless damage from 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated road hazards. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Neither tire underinflation nor Limits on page 9-10. overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires The Tire and Loading Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air, Information label on the vehicle Tire: Load on an individual tire can result in: indicates the original equipment due to curb weight, accessory tires and the correct cold tire weight, occupant weight, and . Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The cargo weight. overheating which could lead to a blowout. recommended pressure is the Vehicle Placard: A label minimum air pressure needed to permanently attached to a . Premature or support the vehicle's maximum vehicle showing the vehicle irregular wear. load carrying capacity. capacity weight and the original . Poor handling. equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. . Reduced fuel economy. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (56,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-56 Vehicle Care

For additional information Check the tire inflation pressure Tire Pressure Monitor regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold, meaning System vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no The Tire Pressure Monitor System Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Load Limits on page 9-10. How technology to check tire pressure Remove the valve cap from the levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the vehicle is loaded affects tire valve stem. Press the tire the air pressure in your tires and vehicle handling and ride gauge firmly onto the valve to transmit tire pressure readings to a comfort. Never load the vehicle get a pressure measurement. receiver located in the vehicle. with more weight than it was If the cold tire inflation pressure Each tire, including the spare (if designed to carry. matches the recommended provided), should be checked When to Check pressure on the Tire and monthly when cold and inflated to Loading Information label, no the inflation pressure recommended Check the tires once a month further adjustment is necessary. by the vehicle manufacturer on the or more. If the inflation pressure is low, vehicle placard or tire inflation Do not forget the spare tire, add air until the recommended pressure label. (If your vehicle has if the vehicle has one. See tires of a different size than the size pressure is reached. If the indicated on the vehicle placard or Full-Size Spare Tire on inflation pressure is high, press tire inflation pressure label, you page 10-79 for additional on the metal stem in the center should determine the proper tire information. of the tire valve to release air. inflation pressure for those tires.) How to Check Re-check the tire pressure with As an added safety feature, your the tire gauge. vehicle has been equipped with a Use a good quality pocket-type tire pressure monitoring system gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (57,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-57

pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is See Radio Frequency Statement on of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure page 13-15. under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then Operation should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. This vehicle may have a Tire soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as The TPMS is designed to warn the significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. driver when a low tire pressure causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is condition exists. TPMS sensors are lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be mounted onto each tire and wheel also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire assembly, excluding the spare tire tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS and wheel assembly. The TPMS vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety sensors monitor the air pressure in ability. of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire of replacement or alternate tires or Please note that the TPMS is not a pressure readings to a receiver wheels on the vehicle that prevent substitute for proper tire located in the vehicle. maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function Your vehicle has also been properly. equipped with a TPMS malfunction When a low tire pressure condition See Tire Pressure Monitor indicator to indicate when the is detected, the TPMS illuminates Operation on page 10-57. system is not operating properly. the low tire pressure warning light Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (58,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-58 Vehicle Care

located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper { Caution as soon as possible and inflate the pressure. Tire sealant materials are not all tires to the recommended pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shown on the Tire and Loading the same. A non-approved tire shows the size of the original sealant could damage the TPMS Information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct Limits on page 9-10. sensors. TPMS sensor damage inflation pressure for the tires when caused by using an incorrect tire A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load sealant is not covered by the a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9-10, for an example vehicle warranty. Always use only Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information the GM approved tire sealant tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10-55. available through your dealer or included in the vehicle. each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a low inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does pressure. If the vehicle has DIC not replace normal tire buttons, tire pressure levels can be maintenance. See Tire Inspection viewed. For additional information on page 10-61, Tire Rotation on and details about the DIC operation page 10-61 and Tires on and displays, see Driver Information page 10-46. Center (DIC) on page 5-25 and Tire Messages on page 5-37. The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (59,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-59

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on . message also displays. The One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching message come on at each ignition Process cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or spare tire does not have a more of the TPMS sensors. Also, TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process light and the DIC message should be performed after replacing should go off after the road tire other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire is replaced and the sensor containing the TPMS sensor. The matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10-64. malfunction light and the DIC successfully. See "TPMS Sensor message should go off at the next Matching Process" later in this ignition cycle. The sensors are section. matched to the tire/wheel positions, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (60,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-60 Vehicle Care

using a TPMS relearn tool, in the If the vehicle does not have activate the TPMS sensor. following order: driver side front tire, RKE, press the Driver A horn chirp confirms that the passenger side front tire, passenger Information Center (DIC) vehicle sensor identification code has side rear tire, and driver side rear. information button until the been matched to this tire and See your dealer for service or to PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE wheel position. purchase a relearn tool. POSITIONS message displays. 6. Proceed to the passenger side There are two minutes to match the The horn sounds twice to signal front tire, and repeat the first tire/wheel position, and the receiver is in relearn mode procedure in Step 5. and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE five minutes overall to match all four 7. Proceed to the passenger side tire/wheel positions. If it takes message displays on the DIC screen. rear tire, and repeat the longer, the matching process stops procedure in Step 5. and must be restarted. If the vehicle does not have RKE or DIC buttons, press the trip 8. Proceed to the driver side rear The TPMS sensor matching tire, and repeat the procedure in process is: odometer reset stem on the instrument cluster until the Step 5. The horn sounds two 1. Set the parking brake. PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE times to indicate the sensor 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with POSITIONS message displays. identification code has been the engine off. The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor 3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer (RKE) transmitter's Q and K message displays on the DIC active. The TIRE LEARNING buttons at the same time for screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off. approximately five seconds. The 4. Start with the driver side horn sounds twice to signal the front tire. 9. Turn the ignition switch to receiver is in relearn mode and LOCK/OFF. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 5. Place the relearn tool against message displays on the DIC the tire sidewall, near the valve screen. stem. Then press the button to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (61,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-61

10. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a puncture, cut, recommended air pressure or other damage that cannot level as indicated on the Tire be repaired well because of and Loading Information label. the size or location of the damage. Tire Inspection We recommend that the tires, Tire Rotation including the spare tire, if the Tires should be rotated every vehicle has one, be inspected 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule on least once a month. page 11-3. Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when . The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. more places around the tire first rotation is the most If the vehicle has a compact can be seen. important. spare tire, do not include it in the tire rotation. . There is cord or fabric Any time unusual wear is showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon Adjust the front and rear tires to rubber. as possible and check the wheel the recommended inflation alignment. Also check for pressure on the Tire and . The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. See cracked, cut, or snagged Loading Information label after When It Is Time for New Tires the tires have been rotated. See deep enough to show cord or on page 10-63 and Wheel fabric. Tire Pressure on page 10-55 Replacement on page 10-68. and Vehicle Load Limits on . The tire has a bump, bulge, page 9-10. or split. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (62,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-62 Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the The outer tire on a dual wheel setup System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing generally wears faster than the Monitor Operation on grease after a wheel change or inner tire. Tires last longer and wear page 10-57. tire rotation to prevent corrosion more evenly if they are rotated. See or rust build-up. Do not get Tire Inspection on page 10-61 and Check that all wheel nuts are Tire Rotation on page 10-61. Also grease on the flat wheel properly tightened. See “Wheel see Maintenance Schedule on mounting surface or on the Nut Torque” under Capacities page 11-3. and Specifications on wheel nuts or bolts. { Warning page 12-2. Dual Tire Rotation { Warning When the vehicle is new, If the vehicle is operated with a or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, tire that is underinflated, the tire Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the or wheel nut is replaced, check the can overheat. An overheated tire parts to which it is fastened, can wheel nut torque after can lose air suddenly or catch make wheel nuts become loose 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, fire. You or others could be after time. The wheel could come 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For injured. Properly inflate all tires, off and cause an accident. When proper wheel nut tightening including the spare. changing a wheel, remove any information, see “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire rust or dirt from places where the ” See Tires on page 10-46 and Tire under Tire Changing on page 10-71. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Pressure on page 10-55 for more Also see Wheel Nut Torque under an emergency, a cloth or a paper “ ” information on proper tire inflation. towel can be used; however, use Capacities and Specifications on page 12-2. a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (63,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-63

When It Is Time for New Some commercial truck tires, sidewall. The first two digits including Goodyear LT225/75R16 represent the week (01-52) and the Tires G949 RSA and Goodyear LT225/ last two digits, the year. For Factors such as maintenance, 75R16 G933 RSD, may not have example, the third week of the year temperatures, driving speeds, treadwear indicators. If the tires do 2010 would have a four-digit DOT vehicle loading, and road conditions not have treadwear indicators, date of 0310. affect the wear rate of the tires. replace the tires when the tread depth is down to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) for Vehicle Storage the front tires, or 1.6 mm (1/16 in) for Tires age when stored normally the rear tires. See Tire Inspection mounted on a parked vehicle. Park on page 10-61 and Tire Rotation on a vehicle that will be stored for at page 10-61 for additional least a month in a cool, dry, clean information. area away from direct sunlight to The rubber in tires ages over time. slow aging. This area should be free This also applies to the spare tire, of grease, gasoline or other if the vehicle has one, even if it is substances that can deteriorate never used. Multiple factors rubber. including temperatures, loading Parking for an extended period can conditions, and inflation pressure cause flat spots on the tires that maintenance affect how fast aging may result in vibrations while Treadwear indicators are one way to takes place. GM recommends that driving. When storing a vehicle for tell when it is time for new tires. tires, including the spare if at least a month, remove the tires or Treadwear indicators appear when equipped, be replaced after six raise the vehicle to reduce the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) years, regardless of tread wear. The weight from the tires. or less of tread remaining. tire manufacturer date is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (64,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-64 Vehicle Care

Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall { Warning GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10-48 for Tires could explode during specific tires for the vehicle. The additional information. original equipment tires installed improper service. Attempting were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing worn to mount or dismount a tire Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four (six could cause injury or death. Specification (TPC Spec) for dual rear wheels). Uniform Only your dealer or authorized system rating. When tread depth on all tires will help tire service center should replacement tires are needed, to maintain the performance of mount or dismount the tires. GM strongly recommends the vehicle. Braking and buying tires with the same TPC handling performance may be Spec rating. adversely affected if all the tires { Warning are not replaced at the same GM's exclusive TPC Spec time. If proper rotation and Mixing tires of different sizes, system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done, brands, or types may cause critical specifications that impact all four tires (six for dual rear loss of control of the vehicle, the overall performance of the wheels) should wear out at resulting in a crash or other vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire vehicle damage. Use the performance, ride and handling, Rotation on page 10-61 for correct size, brand, and type traction control, and tire information on proper tire of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring rotation. However, if it is This vehicle may have a performance. GM's TPC Spec necessary to replace only one different size spare than the number is molded onto the tire's axle set of worn tires, place the road tires originally installed sidewall near the tire size. If the new tires on the rear axle (two on the vehicle. When new, the tires have an all-season tread for single rear wheels, four for design, the TPC Spec number dual rear wheels). (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (65,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-65

If the vehicle tires must be Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued) replaced with a tire that does not Wheels vehicle included a spare tire have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, If wheels or tires are installed that and wheel assembly with a are a different size than the original similar overall diameter as the load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the equipment wheels and tires, vehicle road tires and wheels, so it is performance, including its braking, all right to drive on it. The original tires. ride and handling characteristics, spare tire was developed for Vehicles that have a tire stability, and resistance to rollover use on this vehicle and will not pressure monitoring system may be affected. If the vehicle has affect vehicle handling. could give an inaccurate electronic systems such as antilock low-pressure warning if non-TPC brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, Spec rated tires are installed. or All-Wheel Drive, the performance { Warning See Tire Pressure Monitor of these systems can also be System on page 10-56. affected. Using bias-ply tires on the The Tire and Loading vehicle may cause the wheel Information label indicates the { Warning rim flanges to develop cracks original equipment tires on the after many miles of driving. vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits If different sized wheels are used, A tire and/or wheel could fail on page 9-10 for the label there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if suddenly and cause a crash. location and more information tires not recommended for those Use only radial-ply tires with about the Tire and Loading the wheels on the vehicle. wheels are selected. This Information label. increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (66,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-66 Vehicle Care

(NHTSA), which grades tires by All Passenger Car Tires Must Warning (Continued) treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety specific wheel and tire systems temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To developed for the vehicle, and applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. the United States. The grades have them properly installed by a Treadwear GM certified technician. are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The The treadwear grade is a Uniform Tire Quality Grading comparative rating based on the See Buying New Tires on wear rate of the tire when tested page 10-64 and Accessories and (UTQG) system does not apply Modifications on page 10-3. to deep tread, winter tires, under controlled conditions on a compact spare tires, tires with specified government test Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of course. For example, a tire Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), graded 150 would wear one and or to some limited-production one-half (1½) times as well on Quality grades can be found tires. the government course as a tire where applicable on the tire graded 100. The relative While the tires available on sidewall between tread shoulder performance of tires depends General Motors passenger cars and maximum section width. For upon the actual conditions of and light trucks may vary with example: their use, however, and may respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving Temperature A safety requirements and habits, service practices and additional General Motors Tire The following information relates differences in road Performance Criteria (TPC) to the system developed by the characteristics and climate. United States National Highway standards. Traffic Safety Administration Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (67,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-67

Traction conditions on a specified indoor Wheel Alignment and Tire The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Balance highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead provide the longest tire life and best pavement as measured under overall performance. Adjustments to controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade wheel alignment and tire balancing specified government test C corresponds to a level of are not necessary on a regular surfaces of asphalt and performance which all basis. Consider an alignment check concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet if there is unusual tire wear or the have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety vehicle is significantly pulling to one Standard No. 109. Grades B and side or the other. Some slight pull to Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory crown of the road and/or other road straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is acceleration, cornering, vibrating when driving on a smooth hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is road, the tires and wheels may need characteristics. established for a tire that is to be rebalanced. See your dealer properly inflated and not for proper diagnosis. Temperature overloaded. Excessive speed, The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (68,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-68 Vehicle Care

Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels { Warning Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement { Warning corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replacing a wheel with a used loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could one is dangerous. How it has wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash. repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a these conditions exist. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment nuts for replacement. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel. wheel that is needed. Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, { Caution Tire Chains diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning replaces. problems with bearing life, brake Tire chains used on a vehicle Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel cooling, speedometer or without the proper amount of nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp System (TPMS) sensors with new aim, bumper height, vehicle clearance can cause damage to GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire the brakes, suspension, or other chain clearance to the body and vehicle parts. The area damaged chassis. by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or others may be injured in a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (69,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-69

If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out crash. To help avoid damage to slow down until it stops. Driving while driving, especially if the tires the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, too fast or spinning the wheels are maintained properly. See Tires or remove the device if it is with chains on will damage the on page 10-46. If air goes out of a contacting the vehicle. Do not vehicle. tire, it is much more likely to leak spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about manufacturer's instructions. For Cutaway models with LT245/ what to expect and what to do: 75R16, LT225/75R16 or LT215/ 85R16 size single or dual rear tires, If a front tire fails, the flat tire { Caution use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Class S cables. toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the Use tire chains only where legal For Cargo or Passenger models steering wheel firmly. Steer to and only when necessary. Use with P245/70R17, LT225/75R16 or maintain lane position, and then chains that are the proper size for LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low gently brake to a stop, well off the the tires. Install them on the tires Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S road, if possible. of the rear axle. Do not use chains are not recommended. A rear blowout, particularly on a chains on the tires of the front If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do curve, acts much like a skid and axle. Tighten them as tightly as not use individual tire chains. Use may require the same correction as possible with the ends securely tire chains that fit across both dual used in a skid. Stop pressing the fastened. Drive slowly and follow tires. the chain manufacturer's accelerator pedal and steer to instructions. If the chains contact straighten the vehicle. It may be the vehicle, stop and retighten very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, them. If the contact continues, if possible. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (70,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-70 Vehicle Care

{ Warning { Warning { Warning

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be permanent damage to the tire. it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip Re-inflating a tire after it has been dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6-4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (71,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-71

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Changing use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and the wheel blocks (1). Tools Equipment needed for a cargo van or a passenger van is in the passenger side rear corner of the vehicle.

Remove the retaining wing bolt and 1. Wheel Block lift it out of the mounting bracket to access the equipment. 2. Flat Tire The following information explains how to repair or change a tire.

Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it off of the mounting bracket. Equipment needed for a 15-passenger seating arrangement is secured on the rear floor on the passenger side of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (72,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-72 Vehicle Care

To lower the spare tire from the vehicle:

1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s) (6). Insert the extension end through the hole in the rear bumper.

The tools you will be using include: 2. Be sure the extension end connects to the hoist shaft. The 1. Jack chiseled end of the extension is 2. Hoist Handle 1. Spare Tire used to lower the spare tire. 3. Extension(s) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the 4. Wheel Wrench 3. Hoist Cable spare tire to the ground. 5. Jack Handle 4. Hoist Assembly Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can The spare tire is mounted in the rear 5. Hoist Shaft be pulled out from under the underbody of the vehicle. 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s) vehicle. Use the hoist handle, extension(s), 7. Wheel Wrench and the wheel wrench to remove the underbody-mounted spare tire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (73,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-73

Removing the Flat Tire and 3. Extension(s) Installing the Spare Tire 4. Wheel Wrench If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut 5. Jack Handle caps, loosen them by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. 1. Do a safety check before The wheel nut caps are designed to proceeding. See If a Tire Goes remain with the center cap. Remove Flat on page 10-69. the center cap. 2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with 4. When the tire has been lowered, If the wheel has a smooth center the wheel wrench. Do not pull it closer to reach the tire piece, place the chisel end of the remove them yet. retainer and pull it up through wheel wrench in the slot on the 3. Assemble the jack and tools: the wheel opening. wheel and gently pry it out. Front Flat: Assemble the For a vehicle that was jack (1) together with the jack completed from a cab and handle (5), one or two chassis, refer to the information extension(s) (3), and the wheel from the body supplier/installer. wrench (4). The spare tire is a full-size tire, Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) like the other tires on the together with the jack handle (5), vehicle. two extensions (3), and the 5. Put the spare tire near the wheel wrench (4). flat tire.

1. Jack 2. Hoist Handle Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (74,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-74 Vehicle Care

4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown. The front position jacking point is on the frame. The rear position jacking point is on the rear axle. If the exhaust system interferes with the jack location in the rear axle, such as in Diesel vehicles, place the jack (1) on the rear axle between the axle housing and the shock absorber bracket in order to avoid any Front Position Rear Position interference with the exhaust pipe (2).

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

Front Position Rear Alternative Position (Diesel Vehicles) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (75,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-75

{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Raising the vehicle with the jack wheel attaches to the vehicle. In improperly positioned can an emergency, a cloth or a paper damage the vehicle and even towel can be used; however, use make the vehicle fall. To help a scraper or wire brush later to avoid personal injury and vehicle remove all rust or dirt. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

5. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Remove all the wheel nuts. clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off 7. Take the flat tire off of the the ground so there is enough mounting surface. room for the spare tire to fit. { Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the off and cause an accident. When wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, changing a wheel, remove any and spare wheel. rust or dirt from places where the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (76,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-76 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the jack handle { Warning counterclockwise to lower the Warning (Continued) vehicle. Lower the jack Never use oil or grease on bolts completely. damaged. To be sure, replace all or nuts because the nuts might studs on the wheel. If the stud come loose. The vehicle's wheel holes in a wheel have become { Warning could fall off, causing a crash. larger, the wheel could collapse in Wheel nuts that are not tight can operation. Replace any wheel if work loose. If all the nuts on a its stud holes have become larger wheel come off, the wheel can or distorted in any way. Inspect come off the vehicle, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for crash. All wheel nuts must be damage. Because of loose properly tightened. Follow the running wheels, piloting pad rules in this section to be sure damage may occur and require they are. replacement of the entire hub, for proper centering of the wheels. When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to { Warning use GM original equipment parts. If wheel studs are damaged, they 9. Put the wheel nuts back on with can break. If all the studs on a the rounded end of the nuts wheel broke, the wheel could toward the wheel. Tighten each come off and cause a crash. wheel nut by hand until the If any stud is damaged because wheel is held against the hub. of a loose-running wheel, it could be that all of the studs are (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (77,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-77

12. Put the wheel cover or the { Warning Caution (Continued) center cap and plastic wheel nut caps back on. Remove any Wheel nuts that are improperly or sequence and to the proper wheel blocks. incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. See the wheels to become loose or Capacities and Specifications for Have a technician check the come off. The wheel nuts should the wheel nut torque specification. wheel nut tightness of all be tightened with a torque wrench wheels with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after the first 160 km (100 mi) and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) after replacing. Follow the torque after that. Repeat this service specification supplied by the whenever a tire is removed or aftermarket manufacturer when serviced. See Capacities and using accessory locking wheel Specifications on page 12-2 for nuts. See Capacities and more information. Specifications on page 12-2 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications. 11. Use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the { Caution wheel wrench clockwise and in a crisscross sequence, as Improperly tightened wheel nuts shown. can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (78,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-78 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 2. Pull the retaining bar through the and Tools center of the wheel, making sure it is properly attached. { Warning 3. Pull the wheel toward the rear of the vehicle, keeping the cable Storing a jack, a tire, or other tight. equipment in the passenger 4. Put the chisel end of the hoist compartment of the vehicle could extension on an angle through cause injury. In a sudden stop or the hole in the rear door frame, collision, loose equipment could above the bumper. strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 5. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle. 6. Make sure the tire is stored Continue turning the wheel securely. Push, pull (1), and then 1. Put the tire on the ground at the wrench until the tire is secure try to turn (2) the tire. If the tire rear of the vehicle with the valve and the cable is tight. The spare moves, use the wheel wrench to stem pointed down. tire hoist cannot be tighten the cable. overtightened. Two clicks mean the tire is up all the way. 7. Return the jacking equipment to the proper location. Secure the items and replace the jack cover. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (79,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-79

Full-Size Spare Tire Have the damaged or flat road tire Jump Starting repaired or replaced back onto the If this vehicle came with a full-size vehicle, as soon as possible, so the For more information about the spare tire, it was fully inflated when spare tire will be available in case it vehicle battery, see Battery on new, however, it can lose air over is needed again. page 10-28. time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure on Do not mix tires and wheels of If the vehicle battery has run down, page 10-55 and Vehicle Load Limits different sizes, because they will not you may want to use another on page 9-10. For instructions on fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel vehicle and some jumper cables to how to remove, install, or store a together. start your vehicle. Be sure to use spare tire, see Tire Changing on the following steps to do it safely. page 10-71. { Warning After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, stop as soon as possible Batteries can hurt you. They can and check that the spare is correctly be dangerous because: inflated. The spare tire is made to perform well at speeds up to . They contain acid that can 112 km/h (70 mph) at the burn you. recommended inflation pressure, so . They contain gas that can you can finish your trip. explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (80,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-80 Vehicle Care

2. Get the vehicles close enough { Caution so the jumper cables can reach, Caution (Continued) but be sure the vehicles are not Ignoring these steps could result touching each other. If they are, warranty. Whenever possible, turn in costly damage to the vehicle it could cause a ground off or unplug all accessories on that would not be covered by the connection you do not want. You either vehicle when jump starting. vehicle warranty. Trying to start would not be able to start your the vehicle by pushing or pulling it vehicle, and the bad grounding 3. Turn off the ignition on both will not work, and it could damage could damage the electrical vehicles. Unplug unnecessary the vehicle. systems. accessories plugged into the To avoid the possibility of the cigarette lighter or the accessory 1. Check the other vehicle. It must vehicles rolling, set the parking power outlet. Turn off the radio have a 12-volt battery with a brake firmly on both vehicles and all lamps that are not negative ground system. involved in the jump start needed. This will avoid sparks procedure. Put an automatic and help save both batteries. { Caution transmission in P (Park) or a And it could save the radio! manual transmission in Neutral 4. Open the hoods and locate the If the other vehicle does not have before setting the parking brake. positive (+) and negative (−) a 12-volt system with a negative terminal locations of the other ground, both vehicles can be { Caution vehicle. damaged. Only use a vehicle that On your van, use the unpainted If any accessories are left on or has a 12-volt system with a radio antenna bracket as a plugged in during the jump negative ground for jump starting. remote negative (−) terminal. starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (81,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-81

Do not connect positive (+) to { Warning { Warning negative (−) or you will get a short that would damage the Using an open flame near a Fans or other moving engine battery and maybe other parts battery can cause battery gas to parts can injure you badly. Keep too. And do not connect the explode. People have been hurt your hands away from moving negative (−) cable to the doing this, and some have been parts once the engine is running. negative (−) terminal on the dead blinded. Use a flashlight if you battery because this can cause need more light. 5. Check that the jumper cables do sparks. Be sure the battery has enough not have loose or missing water. You do not need to add insulation. If they do, you could water to the battery installed in get a shock. The vehicles could your new vehicle. But if a battery be damaged too. has filler caps, be sure the right Before you connect the cables, amount of fluid is there. If it is low, here are some basic things you add water to take care of that should know. Positive (+) will go first. If you do not, explosive gas to positive (+) or to a remote could be present. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to Battery fluid contains acid that an unpainted metal part or to a can burn you. Do not get it on remote negative (−) terminal if you. If you accidentally get it in the vehicle has one. On your your eyes or on your skin, flush van, use the unpainted radio 6. Connect the red positive (+) the place with water and get antenna bracket as a remote cable to the positive (+) terminal medical help immediately. negative (−) terminal. of the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (82,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-82 Vehicle Care

it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a remote Caution (Continued) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. out of the way before clamping the negative jumper cable to the 7. Now connect the black fixed antenna bracket. Avoid negative (−) cable to the touching the negative cable clamp negative (−) terminal of the good to the air conditioning line. Failure battery. Use a remote to do either of these could negative (−) terminal if the damage the vehicle. The repairs vehicle has one. would not be covered by the Do not let the other end touch vehicle warranty. anything until the next step. The other end of the negative (−) 8. Connect the other end of the cable does not go to the dead negative (−) cable to the 9. Now start the vehicle with the battery. It goes to a heavy, negative (−) terminal location on good battery and run the engine unpainted metal engine part or the vehicle with the dead battery. for a while. to a remote negative (−) terminal On your van, use the unpainted 10. Try to start the vehicle that had on the vehicle with the dead radio antenna bracket as a the dead battery. If it will not battery. On your van, use the remote negative (−) terminal. start after a few tries, it unpainted radio antenna bracket probably needs service. as a remote negative (−) { Caution terminal. The vehicle uses the unpainted radio antenna bracket as a remote negative (-) terminal. Move the antenna coaxial cable (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (83,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-83

Towing the Vehicle Consult your dealer or a { Caution professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. If the jumper cables are { Caution connected or removed in the To tow the vehicle behind another wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle for recreational purposes, may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The such as behind a motor home, see vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by “Recreational Vehicle Towing” covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. Do not lash following. Always connect and remove the or hook to the chassis jumper cables in the correct order, components — including the front Recreational Vehicle making sure that the cables do and rear subframes, suspension Towing not touch each other or other control arms, and links — during Recreational vehicle towing means metal. towing and recovery of a disabled towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, or when securing the vehicle, such as behind a motor vehicle. Use the proper nylon Jumper Cable Removal home. The two most common types strap harnesses around the tires of recreational vehicle towing are Reverse the sequence exactly when to secure the vehicle. known as dinghy towing and dolly removing the jumper cables. towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed vehicle with all four wheels on the car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. ground. Dolly towing is towing the If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the vehicle with two wheels on the drive wheels cannot contact the ground and two wheels up on a road while the vehicle is being device known as a dolly. towed. A wheel dolly must be used to lift all drive wheels off the ground. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (84,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-84 Vehicle Care

Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not consider before recreational vehicle be towed with all four wheels on the towing: ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions . What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to for internal lubrication while being read the tow vehicle towed. manufacturer's All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles recommendations. The vehicle was not designed to be . What is the distance that will be towed with all four wheels on the traveled? Some vehicles have ground. To properly tow these restrictions on how far and how vehicles, they should be placed on long they can tow. a platform trailer with all four wheels . Is the proper towing equipment off the ground. going to be used? See your Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles dealer or trailering professional { Caution for additional advice and equipment recommendations. { Caution Towing an all-wheel-drive vehicle with all four wheels on the . Is the vehicle ready to be If the vehicle is towed with all four ground, or even with only two of towed? Just as preparing the wheels on the ground, the its wheels on the ground, will vehicle for a long trip, make sure drivetrain components could be damage drivetrain components. the vehicle is prepared to be damaged. The repairs would not Do not tow an all-wheel-drive towed. be covered by the vehicle vehicle with any of its wheels on warranty. Do not tow the vehicle the ground. with all four wheels on the ground. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (85,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-85

Dolly Towing 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the See Parking Brake on Ground) – All-Wheel-Drive Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the page 9-32. Vehicles Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's instructions. 6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position. 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. If the tow vehicle will not be started or driven for six weeks or more, remove the battery cable The vehicle was not designed to be from the negative terminal (post) towed with two wheels on the Use the following procedure to tow of the battery to prevent the ground. To properly tow these the vehicle from the rear: battery from draining while vehicles, they should be placed on 1. Attach the dolly to the tow towing. a platform trailer with all four wheels vehicle following the dolly off the ground. manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (86,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-86 Vehicle Care

{ Caution Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Towing an all-wheel-drive vehicle Exterior Care products can be obtained from with all four wheels on the your dealer. Follow all ground, or even with only two of Locks manufacturer directions regarding its wheels on the ground, will Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary damage drivetrain components. Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and Do not tow an all-wheel-drive absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any vehicle with any of its wheels on locks greased after using. See vehicle care product. the ground. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12. Washing the Vehicle { Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct Avoid using high-pressure sunlight. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding { Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint acidic, or abrasive cleaning and decals. agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (87,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-87

The e symbol is on any Finish Care { Caution underhood compartment electrical Application of aftermarket clearcoat center that should not be power sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or washed. This could cause damage recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a that would not be covered by the are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish vehicle warranty. have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only If using an automatic car wash, repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes follow the car wash instructions. The calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/ windshield wiper and rear window melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the wiper, if equipped, must be off. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle. Remove any accessories that may industrial chimneys, etc., can be damaged or interfere with the car damage the vehicle's finish if they wash equipment. remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new, the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or Rinse the vehicle well, before If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible. washing and after, to remove all cleaners that are marked safe for Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaning agents completely. If they painted surfaces to remove foreign Moldings are allowed to dry on the surface, matter. they could stain. Occasional hand waxing or mild { Caution Dry the finish with a soft, clean polishing should be done to remove chamois or an all-cotton towel to residue from the paint finish. See Failure to clean and protect the avoid surface scratches and water your dealer for approved cleaning spotting. bright metal moldings can result products. in a hazy white finish or pitting. Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (88,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-88 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, vehicle are aluminum. To prevent Lenses, Emblems, Decals and or other harsh cleaners. damage always follow these Stripes . Ice scrapers or other hard items. cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a . Aftermarket appearance caps or . Be sure the molding is cool to soft cloth, and a car washing soap covers while the lamps are the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses, illuminated, due to excessive cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow heat generated. . Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the approved for aluminum. Some Vehicle" previously in this section. { Caution cleaners are highly acidic or Lamp covers are made of plastic, contain alkaline substances and and some have a UV protective Failure to clean lamps properly can damage the moldings. coating. can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered . Always dilute a concentrated Use only lukewarm water, a soft by the vehicle warranty. cleaner according to the cloth, and mild car washing soap to manufacturer’s instructions. clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do . Do not use chrome cleaners. not clean or wipe them while they are dry. { Caution . Do not use cleaners that are not Do not use any of the following on intended for automotive use. Using wax on low gloss black lamp covers: . Use a nonabrasive wax on the finish stripes can increase the vehicle after washing to protect . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a and extend the molding finish. . Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and than suggested by the water only. manufacturer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (89,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-89

Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at Wheels and Trim — Aluminum least once a year. Hot, dry climates Clear debris from the air intakes, or Chrome may require more frequent between the hood and windshield application. Black marks from Use a soft, clean cloth with mild when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants on A wax may then be applied. with glass cleaner. page 11-12. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free { Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Chrome wheels and other chrome detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires. trim may be damaged if the thoroughly when cleaning the vehicle is not washed after driving blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and { Caution on roads that have been sprayed a buildup of vehicle wash/wax with magnesium, calcium, treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire or sodium chloride. These streaking. dressing products on the vehicle chlorides are used on roads for Replace the wiper blades if they are may damage the paint finish and/ conditions such as ice and dust. worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire Always wash the chrome with caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any soap and water after exposure. conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle. Weatherstrips Apply Dielectric silicone grease on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (90,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-90 Vehicle Care

Inspect power steering for proper { Caution hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, { Caution chafing, etc. To avoid surface damage, do not Lubrication of applicable Steering/ use strong soaps, chemicals, Visually check constant velocity joint Suspension points should not be abrasive polishes, cleaners, boots and axle seals for leaks. done unless temperature is -12°C brushes, or cleaners that contain 1500 Series vehicles, at least every (10°F) or higher, or damage could acid on aluminum or other oil change lubricate the outer result. chrome-plated wheels. Use only tie rod ends. approved cleaners. Also, never 2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least Body Component Lubrication drive a vehicle with aluminum or every other engine oil change Lubricate all key lock cylinders, chrome-plated wheels through an lubricate the upper and lower hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the automatic car wash that uses control arm ball joints. silicone carbide tire cleaning fuel door hinge unless the brushes. Damage could occur Control arm ball joints on 1500 components are plastic. Applying series vehicles are and the repairs would not be silicone grease on weatherstrips maintenance-free. covered by the vehicle warranty. with a clean cloth will make them 2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped last longer, seal better, and not stick with steering linkage, at least every or squeak. Steering, Suspension, and other engine oil change lubricate the Underbody Maintenance Chassis Components tie rod ball joints, idler arm pivot At least twice a year, Spring and Visually inspect steering, shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and suspension, and chassis pitman arm socket. components for damaged, loose, debris from the vehicle's underbody. Your dealer or an underbody car or missing parts or signs of wear at washing system can do this. If not least once a year. removed, rust and corrosion can develop. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (91,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-91

Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint on any switches or controls. surface. See Finish Care Cleaners should be removed If the vehicle is damaged and “ ” previously in this section. quickly. Never allow cleaners to requires sheet metal repair or remain on the surface being replacement, make sure the body cleaned for extended periods repair shop applies anti-corrosion Interior Care of time. material to parts repaired or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, replaced to restore corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Cleaners may contain solvents that protection. Immediately remove any soils. Note can become concentrated in the interior. Before using cleaners, read Original manufacturer replacement that newspapers or dark garments and adhere to all safety instructions parts will provide the corrosion that can transfer color to home on the label. While cleaning the protection while maintaining the furnishings can also permanently interior, maintain adequate vehicle warranty. transfer color to the vehicle's interior. ventilation by opening the doors and Finish Damage windows. Use a soft bristle brush to remove Quickly repair minor chips and dust from knobs and crevices on the To prevent damage, do not clean scratches with touch-up materials instrument cluster. Using a mild the interior using the following available from your dealer to avoid soap solution, immediately remove cleaners or techniques: corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Never use a razor or any other damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or sharp object to remove a soil dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result. from any interior surface. Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for . Never use a brush with stiff cleaning the interior. Use cleaners bristles. Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent . Never rub any surface causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. Apply all aggressively or with excessive discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning pressure. cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (92,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-92 Vehicle Care

. Do not use laundry detergents or Fabric/Carpet/Suede dishwashing soaps with { Caution degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Start by vacuuming the surface use approximately 20 drops per To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating brush attachment is being A concentrated soap solution will glass. Abrasive cleaners or used during vacuuming, only use it leave a residue that creates aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, streaks and attracts dirt. Do not the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil use solutions that contain strong as possible using one of the or caustic soap. following techniques: Cleaning the windshield with water . Do not heavily saturate the during the first three to six months . Gently blot liquids with a paper upholstery when cleaning. of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. . Do not use solvents or cleaners to fog. containing solvents. . For solid soils, remove as much Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming. Interior Glass Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean: To clean, use a terry cloth fabric gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean lint-free dampened with water. Wipe droplets be damaged. Clean spots with just colorfast cloth with water. left behind with a clean dry cloth. water and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is recommended Commercial glass cleaners may be Coated Moldings to prevent lint transfer to the used, if necessary, after cleaning fabric or carpet. the interior glass with plain water. Coated moldings should be cleaned. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 2. Remove excess moisture by sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (93,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Vehicle Care 10-93

3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, center. Rotate the cleaning cloth Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and to a clean area frequently to For vehicles with high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood prevent forcing the soil in to the Surfaces fabric. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft the soil to the cleaning cloth. scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution. removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners solution followed only by plain or solvents. Periodically hand wash { Caution water. the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach If the soil is not completely Soaking or saturating leather, or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly especially perforated leather, as removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use. use a commercial upholstery well as other interior surfaces, cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small may cause permanent damage. hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution Wipe excess moisture from these using a commercial upholstery surfaces after cleaning and allow Do not attach a device with a cleaner or spot lifter. If ring them to dry naturally. Never use suction cup to the display. This formation occurs, clean the entire heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot may cause damage and would fabric or carpet. removers. Do not use cleaners not be covered by the warranty. Following the cleaning process, a that contain silicone or wax-based paper towel can be used to blot products. Cleaners containing excess moisture. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (94,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

10-94 Vehicle Care

Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for Caution (Continued) proper floor mat usage. Keep belts clean and dry. these solvents can permanently . The original equipment floor change the appearance and feel { Warning mats were designed for the of leather or soft trim and are not vehicle. If the floor mats need recommended. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats Do not use cleaners that increase provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may gloss, especially on the instrument interfere with the pedals. Always panel. Reflected glare can decrease Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not visibility through the windshield interfere with the pedals. under certain conditions. . Use the floor mat with the Floor Mats correct side up. Do not turn { Caution it over. Use of air fresheners may cause { Warning . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. permanent damage to plastics If a floor mat is the wrong size or and painted surfaces. If an air is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on freshener comes in contact with interfere with the pedals. the driver side. any plastic or painted surface in Interference with the pedals can . Do not place one floor mat on the vehicle, blot immediately and cause unintended acceleration top of another. clean with a soft cloth dampened and/or increased stopping with a mild soap solution. distance which can cause a crash Damage caused by air fresheners and injury. Make sure the floor would not be covered by the mat does not interfere with the vehicle warranty. pedals. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information transportation, and online Service and scheduling to assist with service Maintenance This maintenance section applies to needs. vehicles with a gasoline engine. For Your dealer recognizes the diesel engine vehicles, see the importance of providing maintenance schedule section in General Information competitively priced maintenance the Duramax diesel supplement. General Information ...... 11-1 and repair services. With trained Your vehicle is an important Maintenance Schedule technicians, the dealer is the place investment. This section describes for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 the required maintenance for the changes and tire rotations and Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help additional maintenance items like Special Application protect against major repair tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Services ...... 11-8 expenses resulting from neglect or blades. inadequate maintenance. It may Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of { Caution and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have Damage caused by improper and Care ...... 11-9 all required maintenance performed. maintenance can lead to costly Recommended Fluids Your dealer has trained technicians repairs and may not be covered Recommended Fluids and who can perform required by the vehicle warranty. Lubricants ...... 11-12 maintenance using genuine Maintenance intervals, checks, Maintenance Replacement replacement parts. They have inspections, recommended fluids, Parts ...... 11-14 up-to-date tools and equipment for and lubricants are important to fast and accurate diagnostics. Many keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records dealers have extended evening and condition. Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Saturday hours, courtesy Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. See Services are the responsibility of the Fuel on page 9-42. Warning (Continued) vehicle owner. It is recommended to Severe Service have your dealer perform these and equipment are available. services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. In addition to the normal service If they are not, see your dealer to Proper vehicle maintenance helps to schedule, some vehicles require have a trained technician do the keep the vehicle in good working service more often. Severe service work. See Doing Your Own condition, improves fuel economy, is for vehicles that are: Service Work on page 10-4. and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Because of the way people use in hot weather. vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Mainly driven in hilly or There may need to be more mountainous terrain. frequent checks and services. . Frequently towing a trailer. Normal Service . Used for high-speed or All maintenance services, including competitive driving. those listed under Additional . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Required Services, are for service. vehicles that: . Carry passengers and cargo { Warning within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information Performing maintenance work can label. See Vehicle Load Limits be dangerous and can cause on page 9-10. serious injury. Perform . Are driven on reasonable road maintenance work only if the surfaces within legal driving required information, proper tools, limits. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine coolant level. See and filter must be changed at least Engine Coolant on page 10-18. Schedule once a year and the oil life system . Check windshield washer fluid must be reset. Your trained dealer Owner Checks and Services level. See Washer Fluid on technician can perform this work. page 10-25. If the engine oil life system is reset At Each Fuel Stop . accidentally, service the vehicle Visually inspect windshield wiper . Check the engine oil level. See within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the blades for wear, cracking, Engine Oil on page 10-7. last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior Care on page 10-86. Replace Once a Month system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System on worn or damaged wiper blades. . Check the tire inflation page 10-10. See Wiper Blade Replacement pressures. See Tire Pressure on on page 10-33. page 10-55. Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on Tire Inspection on page 10-61. 7,500 mi page 10-55. . Check the windshield washer Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire fluid level. See Washer Fluid on the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10-61. following services. See Tire page 10-25. . Rotation on page 10-61. Visually check for fluid leaks. Engine Oil Change . . Check engine oil level and oil Inspect engine air cleaner filter. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on SOON message displays, have the change engine oil and filter, and page 10-16. engine oil and filter changed within reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect brake system. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven Oil on page 10-7 and Engine Oil under the best conditions, the Life System on page 10-10. engine oil life system might not indicate the need for vehicle service Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Visually inspect steering, . Check parking brake and suspension, and chassis automatic transmission park components for damaged, loose, mechanism. See Park Brake and or missing parts or signs of P (Park) Mechanism Check on wear. See Exterior Care on page 10-32. page 10-86. . Check accelerator pedal for . Check restraint system damage, high effort, or binding. components. See Safety System Replace if needed. Check on page 3-15. . Visually inspect gas strut for . Visually inspect fuel system for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage or leaks. damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for dealer if service is required. loose or damaged parts. . Lubricate the steering linkage (greasable joints) on 2500/3500 . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on page 10-86. series vehicles. See Normal and Severe Maintenance Schedules. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check on page 10-31. . Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check on page 10-32. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check on page 10-32. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-5

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage (7). Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change automatic transmission fluid. Change @ filter if serviceable. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ AWD. (3) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance (7) 2500/3500 series vehicles only. Schedule Additional Required For severe commercial use Services - Normal vehicles, see Special Application (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines Services on page 11-8. and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (3) Do not directly power wash the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on page 10-17. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage (7). Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid. Change @ @ @ filter if serviceable. Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ AWD. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying, Services - Severe excessive cracking, or damage; Services replace, if needed. (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: and hoses for proper hook-up, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever Check dual wheel nut torque at routing, and condition. comes first. 160, 1 600 and 10 000 km (100, (2) Or every four years, whichever (7) 2500/3500 series vehicles only. 1,000 and 6,000 mi) of driving. comes first. For severe commercial use Repeat this service whenever a vehicles, see Special Application tire/wheel is serviced or (3) Do not directly power wash the removed. transfer case output seals. High Services on page 11-8. pressure water can overcome the . Severe Commercial Use seals and contaminate the transfer Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis case fluid. Contaminated fluid will components every 5 000 km/ decrease the life of the transfer 3,000 mi. case and should be replaced. . Have underbody flushing service (4) Or every five years, whichever performed. See “Underbody comes first. See Cooling System on Maintenance” in Exterior Care page 10-17. on page 10-86. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. perform these services — their corrosion-free. trained dealer technicians know Fluids your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and vehicle may need attention. Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM . Trained dealer technicians have The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment approved fluids. explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs of wear may include With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing tire wear. services to ensure smooth Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds. Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. to light, cracking, or damage. available from your dealer. For The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and checked periodically to ensure Tires need to be properly inflated, that they light when braking. exterior, see Interior Care on rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-91 and Exterior Care on . With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-86. your dealer can check the lamps and can reduce the risk of tire and note any concerns. failure. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10-7. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10-18. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021185, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Wheel Bearings Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037). Front and Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22909882 A3097C Engine Oil Filter 4.3L V6 19210284 PF47E 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 4.3L V6 12568387 41-101 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 15214346 — Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (17,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (18,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-5 Identification Label This label, on the rear edge of the passenger side front door, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System without Rear Heat 4.3L V6 9.5 L 10.0 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8 11.8 L 12.4 qt 6.0L V8 13.1 L 13.8 qt Cooling System with Rear Heat 4.3L V6 12.3 L 13.0 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8 14.6 L 15.4 qt 6.0L V8 16.1 L 17.0 qt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Engine Oil with Filter 4.3L V6 4.3 L 4.5 qt 4.8L V8, 5.3L V8, 6.0L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Cutaway (Optional Tank)* 215.7 L 57.0 gal Cutaway (Standard Tank) 124.9 L 33.0 gal Passenger and Cargo 117.3 L 31.0 gal * 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only Transfer Case Fluid 1.4 L 1.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.3L V6 X Automatic 1.13–1.50 mm (0.053– 0.059 in) 4.8L V8 A Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 5.3L V8 4 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 G Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 CNG/LPG B Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Technical Data 12-5

Engine Drive Belt Routing

V8 Engines V6 Engine If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

12-6 Technical Data

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-12 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-13 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-13 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording . . . . 13-13 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 ® however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement OnStar ...... 13-14 Navigation System (U.S. and of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance Canada) ...... 13-14 Radio Frequency been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-5 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Identification (RFID) ...... 13-14 Appointments ...... 13-7 Radio Frequency STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Statement ...... 13-15 with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-7 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you. Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170 the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170 an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020 designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs)) you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance: decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872 about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands: impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994 over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View the U.S. can communicate with General Motors of Canada Limited printable dealer-recorded service Chevrolet by dialing: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: records and self-recorded service 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in CA1-163-005 records. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Information): Select a preferred www.gm.ca dealer and view dealer location, 1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking 1-800-263-3830 (For Text The Chevrolet online owner Information): Track the vehicle’s Telephone devices (TTYs)) experience is a one-stop resource warranty information. Roadside Assistance: that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Please contact the local General on page 12-1. Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information): E (Vehicle Information): View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view radio, and OnStar account vehicle-specific how-to videos. Text Telephone (TTY) information. Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live View maintenance schedules, To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives. required alerts, OnStar onboard hard of hearing, or speech-impaired vehicle diagnostic information, and Visit my.chevrolet.com to register and who use Text Telephones schedule service appointments. your vehicle. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-5

Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has (Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call Centre: 1-800-263-3830. . Chat live with online help representatives. Roadside Assistance . Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program . Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone . Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles, warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. required for the vehicle, such as . Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. galleries organized into the Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, call the GM Mobility Assistance . Download the owner manual for have the following information Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text your vehicle, quickly and easily. ready: Telephone (TTY) users, call . Find the 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number. maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your vehicle. location. . Location of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-6 Customer Information

. Model, year, color, and license Chevrolet and General Motors of . Flat Tire Change: Service to plate number of the vehicle. Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, . Odometer reading, Vehicle limit services or payment to an Identification Number (VIN), and owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and delivery date of the vehicle. claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or . Description of the problem. times. replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty. Coverage Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery. 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. Roadside Assistance vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock-Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws. permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may . Legal fines. covered. be available if you have OnStar. Roadside Assistance is not a part of For security reasons, the driver . Mounting, dismounting, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification or changing of snow tires, Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices. Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow from a Public . Towing or services for vehicles make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway. any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-7

Services Specific to Assistance advisor may give safety related. If it is, please call Canadian-Purchased Vehicles permission to get local your dealership, let them know this, emergency road service. You will and ask for instructions. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement receive payment, up to $100, If your dealer requests you to bring is approximately $5 Canadian. after sending the original receipt Diesel fuel delivery may be the vehicle for service, you are to Roadside Assistance. urged to do so as early in the work restricted. Propane and other Mechanical failures may be fuels are not provided through day as possible to allow for covered, however any cost for same-day repair. this service. parts and labor for repairs not . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the registration is required. owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation Program . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service To enhance your ownership 250 kilometers from where your Appointments experience, we and our participating trip was started to qualify. dealers are proud to offer Courtesy When the vehicle requires warranty General Motors of Canada Transportation, a customer support service, contact your dealer and Limited requires program for vehicles with the request an appointment. By pre-authorization, original Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty scheduling a service appointment detailed receipts, and a copy of Coverage period in Canada), and advising the service consultant the repair orders. Once extended powertrain, and/or of your transportation needs, your authorization has been received, hybrid-specific warranties in both dealer can help minimize your the Roadside Assistance advisor the U.S. and Canada. inconvenience. will help to make arrangements The Courtesy Transportation and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled program is no longer available for payment. into the service department cutaway vehicles. immediately, keep driving it until it . Alternative Service: If can be scheduled for service, assistance cannot be provided unless, of course, the problem is right away, the Roadside Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-8 Customer Information

Several Courtesy Transportation destination with minimal interruption Courtesy Rental Vehicle options are available to assist in of your daily schedule. This includes Your dealer may arrange to provide reducing inconvenience when one-way or round-trip shuttle service you with a courtesy rental vehicle or warranty repairs are required. within reasonable time and distance reimburse you for a rental vehicle Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. that you obtain if the vehicle is kept part of the New Vehicle Limited Public Transportation or Fuel for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty. A separate booklet Reimbursement Rental reimbursement will be limited entitled Limited Warranty and and must be supported by original “ If the vehicle requires overnight Owner Assistance Information” receipts. This requires that you sign furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and complete a rental agreement provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of and meet state/provincial, local, and your dealer's shuttle service, the information. rental vehicle provider requirements. expense must be supported by Requirements vary and may include Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up minimum age requirements, to the maximum amount allowed by insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Warranty service can generally be GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, You are responsible for fuel usage for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps charges and may also be arrange transportation through a to minimize inconvenience by responsible for taxes, levies, usage friend or relative, limited fees, excessive mileage, or rental providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel options. Depending on the usage beyond the completion of the expenses may be available. Claim circumstances, your dealer can offer repair. amounts should reflect actual costs one of the following: and be supported by original It may not be possible to provide a Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for like vehicle as a courtesy rental. information regarding the allowance Shuttle service is the preferred amounts for reimbursement of fuel means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. Transportation. Dealers may provide shuttle service to get you to your Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-9

Additional Program value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts Information be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any All program options, such as shuttle related failures are not covered by service, may not be available at Collision Parts that warranty. every dealer. Please contact your Genuine GM Collision parts are new dealer for specific information about Aftermarket collision parts are also parts made with the same materials availability. All Courtesy available. These are made by and construction methods as the Transportation arrangements will be companies other than GM and may parts with which the vehicle was administered by appropriate dealer not have been tested for the vehicle. originally built. Genuine GM personnel. As a result, these parts may fit Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/ General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle eligibility pursuant to the terms and Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not conditions described herein at its may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. sole discretion. parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility Collision Damage Repair prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-10 Customer Information

center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. Genuine GM Original Equipment Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number. collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of . are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle license plate number. quality of coverage afforded by . If a Crash Occurs Vehicle make, model, and various insurance policy terms. model year. Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN). vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all damage repairs through the use of matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position number. insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. When purchasing insurance, we officer. Choose a reputable repair facility recommend that you ensure that the Give only the necessary information vehicle will be repaired with GM that uses quality replacement parts. to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this original equipment collision parts. in the crash. If such insurance coverage is not section. available from your current For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag to another insurance carrier. page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-21. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-11

Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all be original equipment parts, either models. new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty the GM vehicle warranty. Manual. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE: but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees. your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner initially value the repair using Manual only. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-12 Customer Information

Current and Past Models Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Technical Service Bulletins and Defects the Vehicle Safety Hotline Manuals are available for current toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 and past model GM vehicles. (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Reporting Safety Defects http://www.safercar.gov; or ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States write to: 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government Administrator, NHTSA For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see has a defect which could cause Washington, D.C. 20590 Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or You can also obtain other Or write to: death, you should immediately information about motor Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway vehicle safety from Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration http://www.safercar.gov. 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that delivery. a safety defect exists in a group All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign. funds. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (13,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-13

Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. Vehicle Data Recording defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: immediately, and notify General This vehicle may be equipped with a Chevrolet Motor Division Motors of Canada Limited. Call module that records data in certain Chevrolet Customer Assistance Transport Canada at crash or near crash-like situations, Center 1-800-333-0510 or write to: such as when an air bag deploys or P.O. Box 33170 the vehicle hits a road obstacle. Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 This data could help provide a Road Safety Branch In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 better understanding of the 80 rue Noel (English) or 1-800-263-7854 circumstances in which crashes and Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 (French), or write: injuries occur. Some data may be related to the vehicle dynamics and General Motors of Canada Limited safety systems operation. The data Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: may show: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive . How various systems in the Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 vehicle were operating. . Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened. . If and how far the driver was pressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (14,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-14 Customer Information

. How fast the vehicle was if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar Terms and Conditions and traveling. consent of the lessee; in response Privacy Statement on the OnStar This data could provide an to an official request by police or website. understanding of the circumstances similar government office; as part of in which crashes and injuries occur. GM's defense of litigation through Navigation System (U.S. Data could be recorded by the the discovery process; or, as and Canada) vehicle only if a non-trivial crash required by law. Data that GM situation occurs; no data are collects or receives may also be If the vehicle is equipped with a recorded under normal driving used for GM research needs or may navigation system, use of the conditions and no personal data are be made available to others for system may result in the storage of recorded. However, other parties, research purposes, where a need is destinations, addresses, telephone such as law enforcement, could shown and the data is not tied to a numbers, and other trip information. combine recorded data with the type specific vehicle or vehicle owner. See the navigation manual for information on stored data and for of personally identifying data ® routinely acquired during a crash OnStar deletion instructions. investigation. If the vehicle is equipped with Radio Frequency To read recorded data, special OnStar® and has an active equipment is required, and access subscription, additional data may be Identification (RFID) to the vehicle or the module is collected through the OnStar RFID technology is used in some needed. In addition to the vehicle system. This includes information vehicles for functions such as tire manufacturer, other parties, such as about the vehicle’s operation; pressure monitoring and ignition law enforcement, that have the collisions involving the vehicle; the system security, as well as in special equipment, can read the use of the vehicle and its features; connection with conveniences such information if they have access to and, in certain situations, the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the vehicle or the module. location and approximate GPS transmitters for remote door locking/ GM will not access this data or speed of the vehicle. Refer to the unlocking and starting, and share it with others except: with the in-vehicle transmitters for garage consent of the vehicle owner or, door openers. RFID technology in Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (15,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

Customer Information 13-15

GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information. Radio Frequency Statement This vehicle has systems that operate on a radio frequency that comply with Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Industry Canada Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. 2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (16,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

13-16 Customer Information

2 NOTES Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

OnStar 14-1

OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Emergency ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Security ...... 14-2 Requires the available Directions Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan. Connections ...... 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Press Q to connect to a live for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to: OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . OnStar Additional Services. Verify account information or Information ...... 14-5 update contact information. The OnStar system status light is . next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires status light is: the available Directions and Connections service plan. . Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the . Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency OnStar Services Navigation button > to get a priority OnStar navigation requires the connection to an Emergency Emergency Directions and Connections Advisor available service plan. 24/7 to: With Automatic Crash Response, the built-in system can automatically Q . Get help for an emergency. Press to receive directions or connect to help in most crashes, have them sent to the vehicle . Be a Good Samaritan or even if help cannot be requested. navigation screen, if equipped. respond to an AMBER Alert. Press > to connect to an Destinations can also be forwarded . Get assistance in severe Emergency Advisor. GPS to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. weather or other crisis and technology is used to identify the The OnStar mapping database is evacuation routes. vehicle location and can provide continuously updated. For coverage critical information to emergency maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) personnel. The Advisor is also or www.onstar.ca (Canada). trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation emergency situations. 1. Press Q to connect to a live Security Advisor. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to the Block, and Roadside Assistance, vehicle. if equipped. OnStar can unlock the vehicle doors remotely, if equipped 4. Follow the voice-guided with automatic door locks, and can commands. help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds After the call ends, press the “Go” During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then button on the navigation screen to responds with “OnStar ready,” begin driving directions. Cancel Route then a tone. If directions are downloaded to the 1. Press =. System responds: Get My Destination navigation system, the route can “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say = only be canceled through the “Cancel route.” System 1. Press . System responds: navigation system. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be cancel directions?” 2. Say “Get my destination.” downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: System responds with the information about eNav, Destination “OK, request completed, thank address and the distance to the Download, and coverage maps see you, goodbye.” destination, then responds with www.onstar.com (U.S.) or “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada). Route Preview Other Navigation Services 1. Press =. System responds: Available from OnStar Connections “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows 2. Say “Route preview.” System to send destinations from calls to be made and received from responds with the next three MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn the vehicle. The vehicle can also be maneuvers. Navigation or screen-based controlled through the OnStar RemoteLink® mobile app. For Repeat navigation system. When ready, the directions will be downloaded to the coverage maps, see 1. Press =. System responds: vehicle. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Destination Download: Press Q, then request the Advisor to download directions to the navigation system in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

14-4 OnStar

OnStar Mobile App Calling 911 Emergency Store a Name Tag for Speed Dialing Download the OnStar RemoteLink 1. Press =. System responds: mobile app to select Apple®, “OnStar ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds: Android , and BlackBerry® devices ™ a tone. OnStar ready. to check vehicle fuel level, oil life, “ ” or tire pressure; to start the vehicle 2. Say “Call.” System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds: (if equipped) or unlock it; or to “Please say the name or number “Please say the number you connect to an OnStar Advisor. For to call.” would like to store.” OnStar RemoteLink information and 3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without compatibility, see www.onstar.com System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds: (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). 4. Say “Call.” System responds: “Please say the name tag.” Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” 4. Pick a name tag. System responds: About to store . Does that sound OK?” “OnStar ready.” 1. Press =. System responds: 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try 2. Say Call. System responds: “ ” “OnStar ready.” again. System responds: “OK, Please say the name or number “ storing .” to call.” 2. Say “My number.” System responds: “Your OnStar 3. Say the entire number without Place a Call Using a Stored Hands-Free Calling number is,” Number pausing, including a “1” and the then says the number. area code. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds: “OK calling.” End a Call “OnStar ready.” = Press . System responds: “Call 2. Say “Call .” System ended.” responds: “OK, calling .” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

OnStar 14-5

Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works Press = and say “Minutes” then Information Automatic Crash Response, “Verify” to check how many minutes Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, remain and their expiration date. Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, Q Diagnostics Press to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not perform a vehicle check every account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available month. It will check the engine, receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For transmission, antilock brakes, and ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description major vehicle systems. It also may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system checks the tire pressures, if the vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and vehicle is equipped with the Tire information. conditions: Pressure Monitoring System. If an . Call 888-4-ONSTAR On-Demand Diagnostics check is Reactivation for Subsequent Owners (888-466-7827). needed between e-mails, press Q, . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). and an Advisor can run a check. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to an Advisor as soon as . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). possible after acquiring the vehicle. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. The Advisor will update vehicle records and will explain the OnStar . Press Q to speak with an service offers and options available. Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

14-6 OnStar

to function properly. These systems vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a system can provide in-vehicle may not operate if the battery is crash, or wireless phone network access to all of the OnStar services, discharged or disconnected. congestion or jamming. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on Turn-by-Turn Navigation. your vehicle is in a place where page 13-15. OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca OnStar has an agreement with a (Canada) wireless service provider for service Services for People with in that area, and the wireless Disabilities The website provides access to service provider has coverage, Advisors provide services to help account information, allows network capacity, reception, and subscribers with physical disabilities management of the OnStar technology compatible with OnStar and medical conditions. subscription, and viewing of videos service. Service involving location of each service. Get subscription information about the vehicle cannot Press Q for help with: plan pricing and sign up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the work unless GPS signals are . Locating a gas station with an “My Account” tab on the home available, unobstructed, and attendant to pump gas. compatible with the OnStar page. The website navigation and hardware. OnStar service may not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., services provided may vary by work if the OnStar equipment is not that meets accessibility needs. country. properly installed or it has not been . Providing directions to the OnStar Personal Identification properly maintained. If equipment or closest hospital or pharmacy in Number (PIN) software is added, connected, urgent situations. or modified, OnStar service may not A PIN is needed to access some of work. Other problems beyond the TTY Users the OnStar services, like Remote control of OnStar may prevent OnStar has the ability to Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, communicate to the deaf, Assistance. You will be prompted to tunnels, weather, electrical system hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired change the PIN the first time when design and architecture of the customers while in the vehicle. The speaking with an Advisor. To available dealer-installed TTY Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

OnStar 14-7

change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar Roadside Assistance and a route or may ask for a call back and provide the Advisor with the locksmith to help gain access to the after the vehicle is driven into an current number. vehicle. open area. Warranty Global Positioning Cellular and GPS Antennas OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) Avoid placing items over or near the warranted as part of the New . Obstruction of the GPS can antenna to prevent blocking cellular Vehicle Limited Warranty. The occur in a large city with tall and GPS signal reception. Cellular manufacturer of the vehicle buildings; in parking garages; reception is required for OnStar to furnishes detailed warranty around airports; in tunnels, send remote signals to the vehicle. information. underpasses, or parking garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are Message The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system If there is limited cellular coverage respond in multiple languages. should still operate to call or the cellular network has reached Press Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could maximum capacity, this message Advisors are available in English, have difficulty identifying the may come on. Press Q to try the Spanish and French. Available exact location. call again or try again after driving a languages may vary by country. . In emergency situations, OnStar few miles into another cellular area. Potential Issues can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency Vehicle and Power Issues OnStar cannot perform Remote responders. OnStar services require a vehicle Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle . A temporary loss of GPS can electrical system, wireless service, Assistance after the vehicle has cause loss of the ability to send and GPS satellite technologies to be been off continuously for five days. a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. available and operating for features After five days, OnStar can contact The Advisor may give a verbal to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

14-8 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment OnStar - libcurl and unzip LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS The OnStar system is integrated acknowledgments FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE into the electrical architecture of the Certain OnStar components include AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF vehicle. Do not add any electrical libcurl and unzip software. Below THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO equipment. See Add-On Electrical are the notices and licenses EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR Equipment on page 9-59. Added associated with this software: COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE electrical equipment may interfere LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, with the operation of the OnStar libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, system and cause it to not operate. COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF NOTICE Privacy CONTRACT, TORT OR Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, The complete OnStar Privacy Stenberg, . OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Statement may be found at WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE All rights reserved. www.onstar.com (U.S.), USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Permission to use, copy, modify, THE SOFTWARE. Privacy-sensitive users of wireless and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice, communications are cautioned that purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder shall the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the not be used in advertising or via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software may unlawfully intercept or access copies. transmissions and private without prior written authorization of communications without consent. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED the copyright holder. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

OnStar 14-9

unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception Info-ZIP copyright and license. Rich Wales, Mike White to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary The definitive version of this This software is provided “as is,” document should be available at without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All normal SFX banner has not rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software. disabled. and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as 3. Altered versions–including, but the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions: library versions–must be plainly Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, marked as such and must not be Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions. misrepresented as being Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations), Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

14-10 OnStar

“Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-1

A Airbags Audio System Adding Equipment to the Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-12 Accessories and Vehicle ...... 3-30 Radio Reception ...... 7-11 Modifications ...... 10-3 Light On-Off ...... 5-16 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Accessory Power ...... 9-20 On-Off Light ...... 5-16 Automatic Add-On Electrical On-Off Switch ...... 3-22 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Equipment ...... 9-59 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 5-15 Transmission ...... 9-23, 9-26 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Transmission Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16 Vehicles ...... 3-30 Fluid ...... 10-11, 10-13 Air Vents ...... 8-7 System Check ...... 3-16 Automatic Transmission Airbag System All-Terrain Tires ...... 10-48 Manual Mode ...... 9-29 Check ...... 3-31 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-31, 10-29 Shift Lock Control How Does an Airbag AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Function Check ...... 10-32 Restrain? ...... 3-21 Antilock Brake Auxiliary Passenger Sensing System (ABS) ...... 9-31 Devices ...... 7-17 System ...... 3-25 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Axle, Front ...... 10-29 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Axle, Rear ...... 10-30 Inflate? ...... 3-20 Exterior ...... 10-86 What Will You See after an Interior ...... 10-91 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-21 Ashtrays ...... 5-8 When Should an Airbag Assistance Program, Inflate? ...... 3-20 Roadside ...... 13-5 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-18 Audio Players ...... 7-12 CD ...... 7-12 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (2,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Center High-Mounted Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-33 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-37 Battery ...... 10-28 Headlamps ...... 10-34 Chains, Tire ...... 10-68 Jump Starting ...... 10-79 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-38 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Load Management ...... 6-6 Taillamps ...... 10-36 Check Power Protection ...... 6-7 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Engine Light ...... 5-19 Voltage and Charging Ignition Messages ...... 5-31 Transmission Lock ...... 10-32 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-33 C Child Restraints Bluetooth Calibration ...... 5-4 Infants and Young Overview ...... 7-22 California Children ...... 3-34 Brake Fuel Requirements ...... 9-44 Lower Anchors and System Warning Light ...... 5-21 Perchlorate Materials Tethers for Children ...... 3-40 Brakes ...... 10-25 Requirements ...... 10-3 Older Children ...... 3-32 Antilock ...... 9-31 Warning ...... 10-3 Securing ...... 3-46, 3-48, 3-51 Fluid ...... 10-26 Camera Systems ...... 3-36 Parking ...... 9-32 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 9-39 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-8 System Messages ...... 5-31 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Circuit Breakers ...... 10-40 Braking ...... 9-3 Capacities and Cleaning Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-14 Specifications ...... 12-2 Exterior Care ...... 10-86 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Carbon Monoxide Interior Care ...... 10-91 Center High-Mounted Engine Exhaust ...... 9-22 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 10-37 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Front Turn Signal, Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Heating ...... 8-1 Sidemarker, and Cautions, Danger, and Rear ...... 8-4 Parking Lamps ...... 10-36 Warnings ...... iv Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 CD Player ...... 7-12 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (3,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-3

Clock ...... 5-6 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Door Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-10 Offices ...... 13-3 Ajar Messages ...... 5-31 Collision Damage Repair ...... 13-9 Text Telephone (TTY) Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Compartments Users ...... 13-4 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Storage ...... 4-1 Customer Information Locks ...... 2-6 Compass ...... 5-4 Service Publications Power Locks ...... 2-7 Messages ...... 5-31 Ordering Information ...... 13-11 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Connections Customer Satisfaction Side ...... 2-8 OnStar® ...... 14-3 Procedure ...... 13-1 Sliding ...... 2-9 Control Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-5 Traction and Electronic D Drive Systems Stability ...... 9-33 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 13-9 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-31, 10-29 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Danger, Warnings, and Driver Information Convex Mirrors ...... 2-12 Cautions ...... iv Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Coolant Daytime Running Driving Engine ...... 10-18 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Characteristics and Engine Temperature Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Towing Tips ...... 9-48 Gauge ...... 5-13 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Defensive ...... 9-3 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Devices Drunk ...... 9-3 Engine Messages ...... 5-32 Auxiliary ...... 7-17 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-19 Courtesy Transportation Diagnostics Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 Program ...... 13-7 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Cruise Control ...... 9-35 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-9 Light ...... 5-25 Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (4,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Coolant Temperature Fan Wet Roads ...... 9-5 Gauge ...... 5-13 Engine ...... 10-23 Winter ...... 9-7 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Fast Idle System ...... 9-18 Dual Tire Cooling System Messages . . .5-32 Filter, Rotation ...... 10-62 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-5 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-16 Exhaust ...... 9-22 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Fan ...... 10-23 E Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-4 Heater ...... 9-19 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 9-44 Flat Tire ...... 10-69 Oil Life System ...... 10-10 Electrical Equipment, Changing ...... 10-71 Oil Messages ...... 5-33 Add-On ...... 9-59 FlexFuel Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-12 Electrical System E85 ...... 9-44 Overheating ...... 10-22 Engine Compartment Floor Mats ...... 10-94 Power Messages ...... 5-33 Fuse Block ...... 10-40 Fluid Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-43 Automatic Running While Parked ...... 9-23 Fuses and Circuit Transmission ...... 10-11, 10-13 Starting ...... 9-17 Breakers ...... 10-40 Brakes ...... 10-26 Enhanced Technology Overload ...... 10-39 Power Steering ...... 10-24 Glass ...... 2-16 Emergency Washer ...... 10-25 ® Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 OnStar ...... 14-2 Front Axle ...... 10-29 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-56 Engine Front Seats Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-15 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-16 Adjustment ...... 3-2 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Check and Service Engine Front Storage ...... 4-1 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Front Turn Signal Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Coolant ...... 10-18 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (5,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-5

Fuel ...... 9-42 G H Additives ...... 9-44 Gasoline Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Economy Driving ...... 1-19 Specifications ...... 9-44 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-4 Filling a Portable Fuel Gauges Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Container ...... 9-47 Engine Coolant Headlamps ...... 10-34 Filling the Tank ...... 9-45 Temperature ...... 5-13 Aiming ...... 10-33 Foreign Countries ...... 9-44 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-12 Automatic ...... 6-3 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-44 Fuel ...... 5-11 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Gauge ...... 5-11 Odometer ...... 5-11 Daytime Running Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Recommended ...... 9-43 Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Requirements, California . . . . .9-44 Voltmeter ...... 5-14 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 System Messages ...... 5-33 Warning Lights and High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-79 Indicators ...... 5-9 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-13 Fuses General Information Heater Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Engine ...... 9-19 Fuse Block ...... 10-40 Towing ...... 9-48 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Floor Console Fuse Block . . 10-43 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Fuses and Circuit Glass, Enhanced Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-6 Breakers ...... 10-40 Technology ...... 2-16 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hood ...... 10-4 Program ...... 13-5 Horn ...... 5-3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 3-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (6,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-6 INDEX

I L Lights Airbag On-Off ...... 5-16 Idle System Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-48 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-15 Fast ...... 9-18 Lamps Antilock Brake System Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Ignition Transmission Lock Dome ...... 6-5 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Check ...... 10-32 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Charging System ...... 5-18 Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Exterior Lamps Off Cruise Control ...... 5-25 Infants and Young Children, Reminder ...... 6-2 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-24 Restraints ...... 3-34 License Plate ...... 10-38 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 High-Beam On ...... 5-25 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-10 Messages ...... 5-34 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Reading ...... 6-6 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 Introduction ...... iii Taillamps ...... 10-36 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . 10-36 Security ...... 5-25 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 J StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-22 LATCH System Jump Starting ...... 10-79 Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 Replacing Parts after a Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-22 Crash ...... 3-46 K Traction Control System LATCH, Lower Anchors and ® Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-34 Tethers for Children ...... 3-40 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 5-23 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Keyless Entry Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-8 Locks Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-2 Lighting Automatic Door ...... 2-7 Keys ...... 2-1 Entry/Exit ...... 6-6 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 2-7 Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Door ...... 2-6 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (7,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-7

Locks (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) N Lockout Protection ...... 2-7 Door Ajar ...... 5-31 Navigation Power Door ...... 2-7 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-32 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Safety ...... 2-8 Engine Oil ...... 5-33 Vehicle Data Recording Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Power ...... 5-33 and Privacy ...... 13-14 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Fuel System ...... 5-33 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Lower Anchors and Tethers Key and Lock ...... 5-34 Noise Control System ...... 10-30 for Children (LATCH Lamp ...... 5-34 System) ...... 3-40 Object Detection System . . . . .5-34 Ride Control System ...... 5-35 O M Security ...... 5-36 Object Detection System Messages ...... 5-34 Maintenance Service Vehicle ...... 5-36 Odometer ...... 5-11 Records ...... 11-15 Tire ...... 5-37 Trip ...... 5-11 Maintenance Schedule Transmission ...... 5-38 Off-Road Recommended Fluids Vehicle ...... 5-30 Recovery ...... 9-4 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-39 Oil Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Mirrors Engine ...... 10-7 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-12 Convex ...... 2-12 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Manual Mode ...... 9-29 Heated ...... 2-13 Engine Oil Pressure Manual Windows ...... 2-14 Manual ...... 2-12 Gauge ...... 5-12 Messages Manual Rearview ...... 2-14 Messages ...... 5-33 Airbag System ...... 5-36 Power ...... 2-13 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Battery Voltage and Trailer Tow ...... 2-13 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-32 Charging ...... 5-31 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 2-14 Online Owner Center ...... 13-4 Brake System ...... 5-31 Monitor System, Tire OnStar® Compass ...... 5-31 Pressure ...... 10-56 System, In Brief ...... 1-20 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (8,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-8 INDEX

OnStar® Additional Parking Pregnancy, Using Safety Information ...... 14-5 Brake ...... 9-32 Belts ...... 3-14 OnStar® Connections ...... 14-3 Brake and P (Park) Privacy OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Radio Frequency OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-22 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-14 OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-2 Parking Assist Program OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Ultrasonic ...... 9-38 Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-7 OnStar® Security ...... 14-2 Passenger Airbag Status Proposition 65 Warning, Operation, Infotainment Indicator ...... 5-17 California ...... 10-3 System ...... 7-6 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-25 Ordering Perchlorate Materials R Service Publications ...... 13-11 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Radio Frequency Outlets Personalization Identification (RFID) ...... 13-14 Power ...... 5-7 Vehicle ...... 5-39 Statement ...... 13-15 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-22 Phone Radios Overview, Infotainment Bluetooth ...... 7-22 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Power Reception ...... 7-11 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Satellite ...... 7-9 P Mirrors ...... 2-13 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Park Outlets ...... 5-7 Rear Axle ...... 10-30 Shifting Into ...... 9-20 Protection, Battery ...... 6-7 Locking ...... 9-35 Shifting Out of ...... 9-21 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-20 Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-4 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Rear Doors ...... 2-10 Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Rear Heating System ...... 8-4 Windows ...... 2-14 Rear Seats ...... 3-4 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-39 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (9,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-9

Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts (cont'd) Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Reminders ...... 5-15 Recommended General Motors ...... 13-13 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-15 Fuel ...... 9-43 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-14 Recommended Fluids and Restraints Safety Defects Reporting Lubricants ...... 11-12 Where to Put ...... 3-38 Canadian Government ...... 13-13 Recording Retained Accessory General Motors ...... 13-13 Vehicle Data ...... 13-13 Power (RAP) ...... 9-20 U.S. Government ...... 13-12 Records Ride Control Systems Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Messages ...... 5-35 Safety System Check ...... 3-15 Recreational Vehicle Roads Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 Towing ...... 10-83 Driving, Wet ...... 9-5 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-7 Reimbursement Program, Roadside Assistance Seats GM Mobility ...... 13-5 Program ...... 13-5 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-2 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rotation, Tires ...... 10-61 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 System ...... 2-2 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-5 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-4 Running the Vehicle While Rear ...... 3-4 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-38 Parked ...... 9-23 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-3 Replacement Parts Securing Child Airbags ...... 3-31 S Restraints ...... 3-46, 3-48, 3-51 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Security Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-31 Care ...... 3-15 Light ...... 5-25 Replacing LATCH System Messages ...... 5-36 Extender ...... 3-15 ® Parts after a Crash ...... 3-46 How to Wear Safety Belts OnStar ...... 14-2 Replacing Safety Belt Properly ...... 3-9 Vehicle ...... 2-11 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-15 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-10 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (10,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-10 INDEX

Service Specifications and T Accessories and Capacities ...... 12-2 Taillamps ...... 10-36 Modifications ...... 10-3 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 StabiliTrak Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-11 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 OFF Light ...... 5-22 Immobilizer ...... 2-11 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-4 Time ...... 5-6 Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 Tires Information ...... 11-1 Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 All-Terrain ...... 10-48 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Steering ...... 9-4 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Publications Ordering Fluid, Power ...... 10-24 Chains ...... 10-68 Information ...... 13-11 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Changing ...... 10-71 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Designations ...... 10-51 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-36 Storage Areas Different Size ...... 10-65 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-30 Front ...... 4-1 Dual Rotation ...... 10-62 Shift Lock Control Function Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-79 Check, Automatic Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-9 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-69 Transmission ...... 10-32 Sun Visors ...... 2-17 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-57 Shifting Swing-out Windows ...... 2-15 Inspection ...... 10-61 Into Park ...... 9-20 Switches Messages ...... 5-37 Airbag On-Off ...... 3-22 Out of Park ...... 9-21 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Side Door ...... 2-8 Symbols ...... iv Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-56 Sidemarker System Rotation ...... 10-61 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-48 Signals, Turn and Noise Control ...... 10-30 Terminology and Lane-Change ...... 6-4 Definitions ...... 10-52 Sliding Door ...... 2-9 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (11,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

INDEX i-11

Tires (cont'd) Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Uniform Tire Quality Automatic ...... 9-23, 9-26 Remote Start ...... 2-4 Grading ...... 10-66 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . 10-11, 10-13 Security ...... 2-11 Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages ...... 5-38 Towing ...... 10-83 Balance ...... 10-67 Transportation Program, Vehicle Care Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 Courtesy ...... 13-7 Tire Pressure ...... 10-55 When It Is Time for New Trip Odometer ...... 5-11 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 13-13 Tires ...... 10-63 Turn and Lane-Change Ventilation, Air ...... 8-7 Winter ...... 10-47 Signals ...... 6-4 Visors ...... 2-17 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-30 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-14 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 U Towing Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-38 W Driving Characteristics ...... 9-48 Uniform Tire Quality Warning Equipment ...... 9-56 Grading ...... 10-66 Brake System Light ...... 5-21 General Information ...... 9-48 Using This Manual ...... iii Warning Lights, Gauges, and Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-83 Indicators ...... 5-9 Trailer ...... 9-51 V Warnings ...... iv Vehicle ...... 10-83 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Traction Vehicle Canadian Owners ...... iii Hazard Flashers ...... 6-4 Control System (TCS)/ Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 ® Control ...... 9-3 StabiliTrak Light ...... 5-23 Wheels Traction Control/Electronic Identification Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Alignment and Tire Stability Control ...... 9-33 Balance ...... 10-67 Trailer Load Limits ...... 9-10 Messages ...... 5-30 Different Size ...... 10-65 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-13 Replacement ...... 10-68 Towing ...... 9-51 Personalization ...... 5-39 Reminder Messages ...... 5-39 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (12,1) 6014662) - 2014 - crc - 8/26/13

i-12 INDEX

When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-63 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-38 Windows ...... 2-14 Enhanced Technology Glass ...... 2-16 Manual ...... 2-14 Power ...... 2-14 Swing-out Windows ...... 2-15 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Winter Driving ...... 9-7 Winter Tires ...... 10-47 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-33